From c2de0d98ba39e0a1a970d066fd19be786092f376 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michael Biebl Date: Tue, 1 Mar 2016 16:55:22 +0100 Subject: Imported Upstream version 1.1.91 --- docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html | 78 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html | 78 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html | 562 ++++++++++----------- docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html | 618 +++++++++++++++-------- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html | 12 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html | 62 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html | 54 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html | 128 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html | 114 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html | 74 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html | 18 +- docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html | 56 +- docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html | 196 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html | 154 +++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html | 122 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html | 300 +++++------ docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html | 50 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html | 62 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html | 26 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html | 172 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html | 130 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html | 4 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html | 48 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html | 77 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html | 8 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html | 471 +++++++++++------ docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html | 74 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html | 32 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html | 28 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html | 39 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html | 180 +++---- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html | 14 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html | 36 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html | 6 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html | 50 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html | 86 ++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html | 66 +-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html | 120 +++-- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html | 10 +- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html | 130 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html | 206 +++++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html | 126 ++--- docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html | 34 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html | 16 +- docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html | 133 +++-- docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html | 40 +- docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html | 178 +++---- docs/libnm/html/index.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/index.sgml | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html | 476 ++++++++--------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html | 19 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html | 61 ++- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html | 530 +++++++++---------- docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html | 2 +- docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 | 24 +- docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html | 11 +- 72 files changed, 3564 insertions(+), 3161 deletions(-) (limited to 'docs/libnm/html') diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html index b1469048..9155943d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMAccessPoint.html @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_access_point_get_ssid () @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_frequency () @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate () @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ -guint8 +guint8 nm_access_point_get_strength () @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ -gint +gint nm_access_point_get_last_seen () @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_access_point_filter_connections () @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_access_point_connection_valid () @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ -gchar * +gchar * bssid Read @@ -160,23 +160,23 @@ Read -guint +guint frequency Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -gint +gint last-seen Read -guint +guint max-bitrate Read @@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * ssid Read -guchar +guchar strength Read @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMAccessPoint
 

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ point.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_access_point_get_ssid (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the SSID of the access point.

 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_ssid (
 
Returns

-
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
+
 the GBytes containing the SSID, or NULL if the
 SSID is unknown. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ not be modified or freed.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_get_frequency ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_frequency (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the frequency of the access point.

 

@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_mode (
 
nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_max_bitrate (
 

 
nm_access_point_get_strength ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_access_point_get_strength (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Gets the current signal strength of the access point.

 

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_access_point_get_strength (
 
nm_access_point_get_last_seen ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_access_point_get_last_seen (NMAccessPoint *ap);

 
Returns the timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the access
@@ -545,9 +545,9 @@ point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
nm_access_point_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_access_point_filter_connections (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                    const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMAccessPoint object and
 returns connections which may be activated with the access point.  Any
 returned connections will match the ap
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ with this function.

 
 
 
connections

-
 an array of NMConnections to
+
 an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
@@ -583,18 +583,18 @@ filter. 

 

 
Returns

 
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given ap
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_access_point_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_access_point_connection_valid (NMAccessPoint *ap,
-                                  NMConnection *connection);

+                                  NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given Wi-Fi access point to ensure that
 the connection may be activated with that AP.  The connection must match the
 ap
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against ap
+
an NMConnection to validate against ap
 

  
 
@@ -626,8 +626,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this Wi-Fi AP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
The BSSID of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “frequency” property

-
  “frequency”                guint

+
  “frequency”                guint

 
The frequency of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 10000

@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
Alias for “bssid”.

 

 
NMAccessPoint:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.0 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “last-seen” property

-
  “last-seen”                gint

+
  “last-seen”                gint

 
The timestamp (in CLOCK_BOOTTIME seconds) for the last time the
 access point was found in scan results.  A value of -1 means the
 access point has not been found in a scan.

@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ access point has not been found in a scan.

 

 

 
The “max-bitrate” property

-
  “max-bitrate”              guint

+
  “max-bitrate”              guint

 
The maximum bit rate of the access point in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -776,14 +776,14 @@ coordinator of the wireless network allowing clients to connect) or
 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

-
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
The SSID of the access point, or NULL if it is not known.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “strength” property

-
  “strength”                 guchar

+
  “strength”                 guchar

 
The current signal strength of the access point.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
index bcd2410d..d0f09298 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMActiveConnection.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_devices ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()
@@ -175,18 +175,18 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 default6
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 devices
 Read
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 id
 Read
 
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 specific-object-path
 Read
 
@@ -239,18 +239,18 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 uuid
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vpn
 Read
 
@@ -330,7 +330,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection (
nm_active_connection_get_id ()

 
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_id (NMActiveConnection *connection);

-
Gets the NMConnection's ID.

+
Gets the NMConnection's ID.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_id (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the ID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
nm_active_connection_get_uuid ()

 
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_uuid (NMActiveConnection *connection);

-
Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

+
Gets the NMConnection's UUID.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the UUID of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.
const char *
 nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
                                (NMActiveConnection *connection);
-
Gets the NMConnection's type.

+
Gets the NMConnection's type.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_connection_type
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
+
 the type of the NMConnection that backs the NMActiveConnection.
 This is the internal string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ by the connection, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_active_connection_get_devices (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Gets the NMDevices used for the active connections.

 

@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_devices (
 

 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
+
 the GPtrArray containing NMDevices.
 This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMDevice]

 

@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_master (
 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ the default IPv4 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv4 connection

 

 

 

@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip4_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp4_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCP, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_default6 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_default6 (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one (that is, is used for
 the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ the default IPv6 route and DNS information).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is the default IPv6 connection

 

 

 

@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_ip6_config (
 

 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
+
 the IPv6 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the connection is
 not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED state. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_dhcp6_config (
 
Returns

-
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
+
 the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the connection
 does not use DHCPv6, or is not in the NM_ACTIVE_CONNECTION_STATE_ACTIVATED
 state. 

 
[transfer none]

@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ state. 

 

 

 
nm_active_connection_get_vpn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_active_connection_get_vpn (NMActiveConnection *connection);

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

+
 TRUE if the active connection is a VPN connection

 

 

 
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default” property

-
  “default”                  gboolean

+
  “default”                  gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv4 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “default6” property

-
  “default6”                 gboolean

+
  “default6”                 gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is the default IPv6 one.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
The devices of the active connection.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
The active connection's ID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “specific-object-path” property

-
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

+
  “specific-object-path”     gchar *

 
The path to the "specific object" of the active connection; see
 nm_active_connection_get_specific_object_path() for more details.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's type

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
The active connection's UUID

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ nm_active_connection_get_vpn (
 
The “vpn” property

-
  “vpn”                      gboolean

+
  “vpn”                      gboolean

 
Whether the active connection is a VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
index abff5431..2be7c5e8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMClient.html
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 
-
-
-
-
+GPtrArray *
 
+GPtrArray *
 
-
+
+GPtrArray *
 
@@ -525,28 +525,28 @@
 
 
+GPtrArray *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -568,37 +568,37 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -617,37 +617,37 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+

 

 
-GQuark
+GQuark
 
 
 nm_client_error_quark ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_startup ()
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_nm_running ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_get_logging ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_set_logging ()
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname ()
@@ -267,21 +267,21 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_devices ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_all_devices ()
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_active_connections ()
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection ()
@@ -376,14 +376,14 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()
 
 

 
const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_client_get_connections ()
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections ()
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_load_connections_finish ()
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections ()
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()
@@ -497,24 +497,24 @@
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *active-connections
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *all-devices
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 can-modify
 Read
 

 

 
-GPtrArray *connections
 Read
 

 
-GPtrArray *devices
 Read
 

 

 
-gchar *hostname
 Read
 

 
guintguint
 metered
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 networking-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 nm-running
 Read
 
Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 startup
 Read
 

 
-gchar *version
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wimax-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wireless-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-enabled
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 wwan-hardware-enabled
 Read
 

 void
 any-device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 any-device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 connection-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-addedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 device-removedRun FirstRun First
 

 

 void
 permission-changedRun FirstRun First
 

 
 

@@ -793,11 +793,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMClientError
     ├── NMClientPermission
     ╰── NMClientPermissionResult
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMClient
 

 

@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_client_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_client_error_quark (void);

 
Registers an error quark for NMClient if necessary.

 

@@ -820,8 +820,8 @@ nm_client_error_quark (void
 
nm_client_new ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
-               GError **error);

+nm_client_new (GCancellable *cancellable,
+               GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMClient.

 
Note that this will do blocking D-Bus calls to initialize the
 client. You can use nm_client_new_async() if you want to avoid
@@ -837,12 +837,12 @@ that.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -857,9 +857,9 @@ that.

 

 
nm_client_new_async ()

 
void
-nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
-                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                     gpointer user_data);

+nm_client_new_async (GCancellable *cancellable,
+                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                     gpointer user_data);

 
Creates a new NMClient and begins asynchronously initializing it.
 callback
  will be called when it is done; use
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -898,8 +898,8 @@ the callback can be invoked with two first parameters as NULL.

 

 
nm_client_new_finish ()

 
NMClient *
-nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
-                      GError **error);

+nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResult *result,
+                      GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_new_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,12 +912,12 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 
 
 
result

-
a GAsyncResult

+
a GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ nm_client_new_finish (GAsyncResul
 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

+
 a new NMClient, or NULL on error

 

 

 

@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ nm_client_get_version (
 
Returns

-
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

+
 string with the version (or NULL if NetworkManager is not running)

 

 

 

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_client_get_state (
 
nm_client_get_startup ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_startup (NMClient *client);

 
Tests whether the daemon is still in the process of activating
 connections at startup.

@@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ connections at startup.

 

 

 
nm_client_get_nm_running ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_nm_running (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the daemon is running.

 

@@ -1030,13 +1030,13 @@ nm_client_get_nm_running (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the daemon is running

+
 TRUE if the daemon is running

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Whether networking is enabled or disabled.

 

@@ -1056,16 +1056,16 @@ nm_client_networking_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

+
 TRUE if networking is enabled, FALSE if networking is disabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_networking_set_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_networking_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                  gboolean enabled,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  gboolean enabled,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Enables or disables networking.  When networking is disabled, all controlled
 interfaces are disconnected and deactivated.  When networking is enabled,
 all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

@@ -1085,12 +1085,12 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

+
TRUE to set networking enabled, FALSE to set networking disabled

  
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1098,13 +1098,13 @@ all controlled interfaces are available for activation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wireless_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless is enabled.

 

@@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

+
 TRUE if wireless is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_get_enabled (
nm_client_wireless_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables wireless devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 
 
enabled

-
TRUE to enable wireless

+
TRUE to enable wireless

  
 
 
@@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ nm_client_wireless_set_enabled (
 

 
nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
                                (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

@@ -1181,13 +1181,13 @@ nm_client_wireless_hardware_get_enabled
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the wireless hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wwan_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WWAN is enabled.

 

@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

+
 TRUE if WWAN is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_get_enabled (
nm_client_wwan_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                            gboolean enabled);

+                            gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WWAN devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WWAN

+
TRUE to enable WWAN

  
 
 
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ nm_client_wwan_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1263,13 +1263,13 @@ nm_client_wwan_hardware_get_enabled (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WWAN hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_wimax_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether WiMAX is enabled.

 

@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

+
 TRUE if WiMAX is enabled

 

 

 

@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_get_enabled (
nm_client_wimax_set_enabled ()

 
void
 nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (NMClient *client,
-                             gboolean enabled);

+                             gboolean enabled);

 
Enables or disables WiMAX devices.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
enabled

-
TRUE to enable WiMAX

+
TRUE to enable WiMAX

  
 
 
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ nm_client_wimax_set_enabled (
 
nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (NMClient *client);

 
Determines whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 

@@ -1345,17 +1345,17 @@ nm_client_wimax_hardware_get_enabled (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

+
 TRUE if the WiMAX hardware is enabled

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_get_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_get_logging (NMClient *client,
                        char **level,
                        char **domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Gets NetworkManager current logging level and domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1384,7 +1384,7 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1392,17 +1392,17 @@ a list of domains separated by ",". 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

 

 
nm_client_set_logging ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_set_logging (NMClient *client,
                        const char *level,
                        const char *domains,
-                       GError **error);

+                       GError **error);

 
Sets NetworkManager logging level and/or domains.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1420,18 +1420,18 @@ nm_client_set_logging (
level

-
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+
 logging level to set (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
domains

 
 logging domains to set. The string should be a list of log
-domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

+domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string for no change). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
error

-
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

+
 return location for a GError, or NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ domains separated by ",". (NULL or an empty string
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE otherwise

 

 

 

@@ -1511,8 +1511,8 @@ connectivity state first before returning any information.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Updates the network connectivity state and returns the (new)
 current state. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(), which returns
 the most recent known state without re-checking.

@@ -1534,12 +1534,12 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1555,9 +1555,9 @@ if you do not want to block.

 
nm_client_check_connectivity_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_check_connectivity_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously updates the network connectivity state and invokes
 callback
  when complete. Contrast nm_client_get_connectivity(),
@@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ re-checking, and 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable

+
a GCancellable

  
 
 
@@ -1602,8 +1602,8 @@ re-checking, and 
nm_client_check_connectivity_finish ()

 
NMConnectivityState
 nm_client_check_connectivity_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Retrieves the result of an nm_client_check_connectivity_async()
 call.

 

@@ -1622,12 +1622,12 @@ call.

 
 
 
result

-
the GAsyncResult

+
the GAsyncResult

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError

+
return location for a GError

  
 
 
@@ -1641,11 +1641,11 @@ call.

 

 

 
nm_client_save_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname (NMClient *client,
                          const char *hostname,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GError **error);

 
Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value
 or cleared.

 

@@ -1664,18 +1664,18 @@ or cleared.

 
 
 
hostname

-
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
+
 the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to
 clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 [allow-none]
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for GError

+
return location for GError

  
 
 
@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+
 TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

 

 

 

@@ -1692,9 +1692,9 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname. 

 
void
 nm_client_save_hostname_async (NMClient *client,
                                const char *hostname,
-                               GCancellable *cancellable,
-                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                               gpointer user_data);

+                               GCancellable *cancellable,
+                               GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                               gpointer user_data);

Requests that the machine's persistent hostname be set to the specified value or cleared.

@@ -1713,13 +1713,13 @@ or cleared.

hostname

-

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to +

the new persistent hostname to set, or NULL to clear any existing persistent hostname.

[allow-none]

cancellable

-

a GCancellable, or NULL

+

a GCancellable, or NULL

  @@ -1740,10 +1740,10 @@ clear any existing persistent hostname.

nm_client_save_hostname_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_save_hostname_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

Gets the result of an nm_client_save_hostname_async() call.

Parameters

@@ -1761,12 +1761,12 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

result

-

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

 

error

-

return location for GError

+

return location for GError

  @@ -1774,13 +1774,13 @@ nm_client_save_hostname_finish (

Returns

-

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

+

TRUE if the request was successful, FALSE if it failed

nm_client_get_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets all the known network devices.  Use nm_device_get_type() or the
 NM_IS_DEVICE_XXXX functions to determine what kind of
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@ containing all the NMDevices
 

 
nm_client_get_all_devices ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_all_devices (NMClient *client);

 
Gets both real devices and device placeholders (eg, software devices which
 do not currently exist, but could be created automatically by NetworkManager
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ use device-specific methods such as 
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the NMDevices.  The returned array is owned by the
 NMClient object and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMDevice]

@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_path (
 
Returns

 
 the NMDevice for the given object_path
-or NULL if none is found. 

+or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]
@@ -1914,14 +1914,14 @@ nm_client_get_device_by_iface (

Returns

the NMDevice for the given iface -or NULL if none is found.

+or NULL if none is found.

[transfer none]

nm_client_get_active_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_active_connections (NMClient *client);

 
Gets the active connections.

 

@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ nm_client_get_active_connections (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray
+
 a GPtrArray
 containing all the active NMActiveConnections.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type NMActiveConnection]

@@ -1960,7 +1960,7 @@ the default route. If there is a VPN active with the default route,
 then this function returns the active connection that contains the
 route to the VPN endpoint.

 
If there is no default route, or the default route is over a
-non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

+non-NetworkManager-recognized device, this will return NULL.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2018,12 +2018,12 @@ any. 
nm_client_activate_connection_async ()
void
 nm_client_activate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
-                                     NMConnection *connection,
+                                     NMConnection *connection,
                                      NMDevice *device,
                                      const char *specific_object,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                     gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously starts a connection to a particular network using the
 configuration settings from connection
  and the network device device
@@ -2058,7 +2058,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

-
+
@@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ track the activation to its completion.

-
+
@@ -2103,8 +2103,8 @@ details of the newly added connection. 
nm_client_activate_connection_finish ()
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_activate_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                      GAsyncResult *result,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GAsyncResult *result,
+                                      GError **error);
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_activate_connection_async().

 
Parameters

@@ -2122,12 +2122,12 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
result

-

+
-
+
@@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@ nm_client_activate_connection_finish (
 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2147,12 +2147,12 @@ will be set. 

 
void
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                NMConnection *partial,
+                                NMConnection *partial,
                                 NMDevice *device,
                                 const char *specific_object,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Adds a new connection using the given details (if any) as a template,
 automatically filling in missing settings with the capabilities of the given
 device and specific object.  The new connection is then asynchronously
@@ -2178,8 +2178,8 @@ track the activation to its completion.

 
 
-
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ before being added. 

 
-
+
@@ -2228,11 +2228,11 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 
NMActiveConnection *
 nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_async().

 
You can call nm_active_connection_get_connection() on the returned
-NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

+NMActiveConnection to find the path of the created NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 

 
connection
 an NMConnection. 
 an NMConnection. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
 
 
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
partial
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
-partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
+
 an NMConnection to add; the connection may be
+partially filled (or even NULL) and will be completed by NetworkManager
 using the given device
 and specific_object
 before being added. 
specific_object

 
 the object path of a connection-type-specific
 object this activation should use. This parameter is currently ignored for
-wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
+wired and mobile broadband connections, and the value of NULL should be used
 (ie, no specific object).  For Wi-Fi or WiMAX connections, pass the object
 path of a NMAccessPoint or NMWimaxNsp owned by device
 , which you can
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ details of the newly added connection. 

 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -2249,12 +2249,12 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ nm_client_add_and_activate_connection_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMActiveConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2271,11 +2271,11 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_deactivate_connection ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection (NMClient *client,
                                  NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GError **error);

 
Deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2298,12 +2298,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2320,9 +2320,9 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection (void
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (NMClient *client,
                                        NMActiveConnection *active,
-                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                       gpointer user_data);
+                                       GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                       GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                       gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deactivates an active NMActiveConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
cancellable

-

+
@@ -2366,11 +2366,11 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_async (
 
nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
                                (NMClient *client,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_deactivate_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2388,12 +2388,12 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ nm_client_deactivate_connection_finish
 

 

 
nm_client_get_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_client_get_connections (NMClient *client);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_id (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if no
 matching object was found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2538,7 +2538,7 @@ nm_client_get_connection_by_uuid (
 

 
Returns

-
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
+
 the remote connection object on success, or NULL if the object was
 not known. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2548,14 +2548,14 @@ not known. 

 
nm_client_add_connection_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_add_connection_async (NMClient *client,
-                                NMConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                NMConnection *connection,
+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Requests that the remote settings service add the given settings to a new
 connection.  If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
+ is TRUE, the connection is immediately written
 to disk; otherwise it is initially only stored in memory, but may be saved
 later by calling the connection's nm_remote_connection_commit_changes()
 method.

@@ -2597,7 +2597,7 @@ added, not the object itself

 
 

-
+
@@ -2620,8 +2620,8 @@ added, not the object itself

 
nm_client_add_connection_finish ()

 
NMRemoteConnection *
 nm_client_add_connection_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                 GAsyncResult *result,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 GAsyncResult *result,
+                                 GError **error);
 
Gets the result of a call to nm_client_add_connection_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2639,12 +2639,12 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2652,7 +2652,7 @@ nm_client_add_connection_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
+
 the new NMRemoteConnection on success, NULL on
 failure, in which case error
 will be set. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2661,23 +2661,23 @@ will be set. 

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections (NMClient *client,
                             char **filenames,
                             char ***failures,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GError **error);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service load or reload the given files,
 adding or updating the connections described within.

 
The changes to the indicated files will not yet be reflected in
 client
 's connections array when the function returns.

 
If all of the indicated files were successfully loaded, the
-function will return TRUE, and failures
- will be set to NULL. If
+function will return TRUE, and failures
+ will be set to NULL. If
 NetworkManager tried to load the files, but some (or all) failed,
 then failures
- will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
+ will be set to a NULL-terminated array of the
 filenames that failed to load.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2695,23 +2695,23 @@ filenames that failed to load.

 
 

-
+
-
-
+
-
+
@@ -2719,9 +2719,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

@@ -2730,9 +2730,9 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
void
 nm_client_load_connections_async (NMClient *client,
                                   char **filenames,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                  gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service asynchronously load or reload the
 given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

@@ -2752,12 +2752,12 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -2778,11 +2778,11 @@ given files, adding or updating the connections described within.

 

 

 
nm_client_load_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_load_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
                                    char ***failures,
-                                   GAsyncResult *result,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GAsyncResult *result,
+                                   GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_load_connections_async() call.

 
See nm_client_load_connections() for more details.

 

@@ -2801,18 +2801,18 @@ nm_client_load_connections_finish (
 

-
-
+
-
+
@@ -2820,18 +2820,18 @@ filenames that failed to load. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager at least tried to load filenames
 ,
-FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

+FALSE if an error occurred (eg, permission denied).

 

 
 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections (NMClient *client,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Requests that the remote settings service reload all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until
 the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -2851,12 +2851,12 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2864,7 +2864,7 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 

@@ -2872,9 +2872,9 @@ the in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
nm_client_reload_connections_async ()

 
void
 nm_client_reload_connections_async (NMClient *client,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);
 
Requests that the remote settings service begin reloading all connection
 files from disk, adding, updating, and removing connections until the
 in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 
 
-
+
@@ -2915,10 +2915,10 @@ in-memory state matches the on-disk state.

 

 

 
nm_client_reload_connections_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_client_reload_connections_finish (NMClient *client,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of an nm_client_reload_connections_async() call.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2936,12 +2936,12 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ nm_client_reload_connections_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on failure

 

 
 
@@ -3353,7 +3353,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “active-connections” property

-
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

+
  “active-connections”       GPtrArray *

 
The active connections.

 
Element-type: NMActiveConnection

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3361,7 +3361,7 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “all-devices” property

-
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

+
  “all-devices”              GPtrArray *

 
List of both real devices and device placeholders.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3370,15 +3370,15 @@ likely to become the new 
 
The “can-modify” property

-
  “can-modify”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

+
  “can-modify”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, adding and modifying connections is supported.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 
 

 

 
The “connections” property

-
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

+
  “connections”              GPtrArray *

 
The list of configured connections that are available to the user. (Note
 that this differs from the underlying D-Bus property, which may also
 contain the object paths of connections that the user does not have
@@ -3397,7 +3397,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “devices” property

-
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

+
  “devices”                  GPtrArray *

 
List of real network devices.  Does not include placeholder devices.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3405,7 +3405,7 @@ permission to read the details of.)

 

 

 
The “hostname” property

-
  “hostname”                 gchar *

+
  “hostname”                 gchar *

 
The machine hostname stored in persistent configuration. This can be
 modified by calling nm_client_save_hostname().

 
Flags: Read

@@ -3414,7 +3414,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint

+
  “metered”                  guint

 
Whether the connectivity is metered.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -3423,7 +3423,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “networking-enabled” property

-
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

+
  “networking-enabled”       gboolean

 
Whether networking is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3431,7 +3431,7 @@ modified by calling 
 

 
The “nm-running” property

-
  “nm-running”               gboolean

+
  “nm-running”               gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is running.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3447,7 +3447,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “startup” property

-
  “startup”                  gboolean

+
  “startup”                  gboolean

 
Whether the daemon is still starting up.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3463,7 +3463,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “version” property

-
  “version”                  gchar *

+
  “version”                  gchar *

 
The NetworkManager version.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3471,7 +3471,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

+
  “wimax-enabled”            gboolean

 
Whether WiMAX functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3479,7 +3479,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wimax-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

+
  “wimax-hardware-enabled”   gboolean

 
Whether the WiMAX hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3487,7 +3487,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

+
  “wireless-enabled”         gboolean

 
Whether wireless is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wireless-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

+
  “wireless-hardware-enabled” gboolean

 
Whether the wireless hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -3503,7 +3503,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

+
  “wwan-enabled”             gboolean

 
Whether WWAN functionality is enabled.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3511,7 +3511,7 @@ see 
 

 
The “wwan-hardware-enabled” property

-
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

+
  “wwan-hardware-enabled”    gboolean

 
Whether the WWAN hardware is enabled.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3523,8 +3523,8 @@ see 
The “any-device-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)
 
Notifies that a NMDevice is added.  This signal is emitted for both
 regular devices and placeholder devices.

 

@@ -3554,15 +3554,15 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
filenames
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load
NULL-terminated array of filenames to load

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
failures
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
+
 on return, a NULL-terminated array of
 filenames that failed to load. 

 [out][transfer full]
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
return location for GError
return location for GError

  
 

 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “any-device-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)

+               GObject  *device,
+               gpointer  user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is emitted for both regular devices and placeholder devices.

@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -3600,8 +3600,8 @@ regular devices and placeholder devices.

void
 user_function (NMClient           *client,
                NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-               gpointer            user_data)
-

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

+ gpointer user_data) +

Notifies that a NMConnection has been added.

Parameters

@@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

@@ -3637,8 +3637,8 @@ user_function (void user_function (NMClient *client, NMRemoteConnection *connection, - gpointer user_data) -

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

+ gpointer user_data) +

Notifies that a NMConnection has been removed.

Parameters

@@ -3666,15 +3666,15 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-added” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is added. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -3704,15 +3704,15 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “device-removed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               GObject  *device,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ GObject *device, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a NMDevice is removed. This signal is not emitted for placeholder devices.

@@ -3742,16 +3742,16 @@ placeholder devices.

-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

The “permission-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMClient *client,
-               guint     permission,
-               guint     result,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint permission, + guint result, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies that a permission has changed

Parameters

@@ -3785,7 +3785,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html index 689c4dec..b463fae9 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDevice.html @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_managed () @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_autoconnect () @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_firmware_missing () @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing () @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_get_available_connections () @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_device_get_mtu () @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_real () @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_is_software () @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors () @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply () @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_reapply_finish () @@ -327,7 +327,31 @@ -gboolean +NMConnection * + + +nm_device_get_applied_connection () + + + + +void + + +nm_device_get_applied_connection_async () + + + + +NMConnection * + + +nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish () + + + + +gboolean nm_device_disconnect () @@ -343,7 +367,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_disconnect_finish () @@ -351,7 +375,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete () @@ -367,7 +391,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_delete_finish () @@ -375,7 +399,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_device_filter_connections () @@ -383,7 +407,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_valid () @@ -391,7 +415,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_connection_compatible () @@ -399,7 +423,7 @@ -GType +GType nm_device_get_setting_type () @@ -439,7 +463,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value () @@ -447,14 +471,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value () -const GVariantType * +const GVariantType * nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type () @@ -479,13 +503,13 @@ Read -gboolean +gboolean autoconnect Read / Write -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * available-connections Read @@ -513,36 +537,36 @@ -gchar * +gchar * driver Read -gchar * +gchar * driver-version Read -gboolean +gboolean firmware-missing Read -gchar * +gchar * firmware-version Read -gchar * +gchar * interface Read -gchar * +gchar * ip-interface Read @@ -560,44 +584,44 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * lldp-neighbors Read -gboolean +gboolean managed Read -guint +guint metered Read -guint +guint mtu Read -gboolean +gboolean nm-plugin-missing Read -gchar * +gchar * physical-port-id Read -gchar * +gchar * product Read -gboolean +gboolean real Read @@ -607,19 +631,19 @@ Read -guint +guint state-reason Read -gchar * +gchar * udi Read -gchar * +gchar * vendor Read @@ -637,7 +661,7 @@ void state-changed -Run First +Run First @@ -762,9 +786,9 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ├── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -1033,7 +1057,7 @@ nm_device_get_hw_address (
 
Returns

-
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
+
 the current MAC of the device, or NULL.
 This is the internal string used by the device, and must not be modified.
@@ -1066,7 +1090,7 @@ nm_device_get_capabilities (

nm_device_get_managed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_managed (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice is managed by NetworkManager.

 

@@ -1086,7 +1110,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

+
 TRUE if the device is managed by NetworkManager

 

 
 

@@ -1094,7 +1118,7 @@ nm_device_get_managed (
nm_device_set_managed ()

 
void
 nm_device_set_managed (NMDevice *device,
-                       gboolean managed);

+                       gboolean managed);

Enables or disables management of NMDevice by NetworkManager.

Parameters

@@ -1112,7 +1136,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

managed

-

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

+

TRUE to make the device managed by NetworkManager.

  @@ -1123,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_device_set_managed (

nm_device_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_autoconnect (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the NMDevice can be autoconnected.

 

@@ -1143,7 +1167,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected

+
 TRUE if the device is allowed to be autoconnected
@@ -1151,7 +1175,7 @@ nm_device_get_autoconnect (

nm_device_set_autoconnect ()

void
 nm_device_set_autoconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                           gboolean autoconnect);
+ gboolean autoconnect);

Enables or disables automatic activation of the NMDevice.

Parameters

@@ -1169,7 +1193,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

autoconnect

-

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

+

TRUE to enable autoconnecting

  @@ -1179,7 +1203,7 @@ nm_device_set_autoconnect (

nm_device_get_firmware_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_firmware_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that firmware required for the device's operation is likely
 to be missing.

@@ -1200,14 +1224,14 @@ to be missing.

Returns

-

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely +

TRUE if firmware required for the device's operation is likely to be missing.

nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (NMDevice *device);

 
Indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

 

@@ -1227,7 +1251,7 @@ nm_device_get_nm_plugin_missing (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

+
 TRUE if the device plugin not installed.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -1256,7 +1280,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not +

the IPv4 NMIPConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1286,7 +1310,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv4 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCP.

[transfer none]

@@ -1316,7 +1340,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

+

the IPv6 NMIPConfig or NULL if the device is not activated.

[transfer none]

@@ -1345,7 +1369,7 @@ works with VPN connections.

Returns

-

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is +

the IPv6 NMDhcpConfig, or NULL if the device is not activated or not using DHCPv6.

[transfer none]

@@ -1425,7 +1449,7 @@ nm_device_get_active_connection (

Returns

-

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is +

the NMActiveConnection or NULL if the device is not part of an active connection.

[transfer none]

@@ -1433,7 +1457,7 @@ not part of an active connection.

nm_device_get_available_connections ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_available_connections (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the NMRemoteConnections currently known to the daemon that could
 be activated on device
@@ -1455,7 +1479,7 @@ be activated on device

Returns

-

the GPtrArray +

the GPtrArray containing NMRemoteConnections. This is the internal copy used by the connection, and must not be modified.

[element-type NMRemoteConnection]

@@ -1466,7 +1490,7 @@ the connection, and must not be modified.

nm_device_get_physical_port_id ()

const char *
 nm_device_get_physical_port_id (NMDevice *device);
-

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is +

Gets the physical port ID of the NMDevice. If non-NULL, this is an opaque string that can be used to recognize when seemingly-unrelated NMDevices are actually just different virtual ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

@@ -1487,7 +1511,7 @@ ports on a single physical port. (Eg, NPAR / SR-IOV.)

Returns

-

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port +

the physical port ID of the device, or NULL if the port ID is unknown. This is the internal string used by the device and must not be modified.

@@ -1495,7 +1519,7 @@ must not be modified.

nm_device_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_get_mtu (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the  MTU of the NMDevice.

 

@@ -1521,7 +1545,7 @@ nm_device_get_mtu (
 
nm_device_is_real ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_real (NMDevice *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1540,7 +1564,7 @@ nm_device_is_real (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
+
 TRUE if the device exists, or FALSE if it is a placeholder device
 that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 “available-connections” was activated.

 

@@ -1549,7 +1573,7 @@ that could be automatically created by NetworkManager if one of its
 

 

 
nm_device_is_software ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_is_software (NMDevice *device);

 
Whether the device is a software device.

 

@@ -1569,8 +1593,8 @@ nm_device_is_software (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if device
-is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

+
 TRUE if device
+is a software device, FALSE if it is a hardware device.

 

 

 

@@ -1686,7 +1710,7 @@ nm_device_get_metered (
 
nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the list of neighbors discovered through LLDP.

 

@@ -1706,7 +1730,7 @@ nm_device_get_lldp_neighbors (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMLldpNeighbors. This is the internal copy used by the
 device and must not be modified. The library never modifies the returned
 array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -1755,12 +1779,13 @@ devices in devices
 

 

 
nm_device_reapply ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply (NMDevice *device,
-                   NMConnection *connection,
-                   guint flags,
-                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                   GError **error);

+                   NMConnection *connection,
+                   guint64 version_id,
+                   guint32 flags,
+                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                   GError **error);

 
Attempts to update device with changes to the currently active connection
 made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1779,7 +1804,14 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+ 
+
+
+
version_id

+
zero or the expected version id of the applied connection. If specified
+and the version id mismatches, the call fails without modification. This allows to
+catch concurrent accesses.

  
 
 
@@ -1789,12 +1821,12 @@ made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1802,7 +1834,7 @@ made since it was last applied.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1812,11 +1844,12 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_reapply_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_reapply_async (NMDevice *device,
-                         NMConnection *connection,
-                         guint flags,
-                         GCancellable *cancellable,
-                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         NMConnection *connection,
+                         guint64 version_id,
+                         guint32 flags,
+                         GCancellable *cancellable,
+                         GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins an attempt to update device with changes to the
 currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 

@@ -1835,7 +1868,14 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+
the NMConnection to replace the applied settings with or NULL to reuse existing

+ 
+
+
+
version_id

+
zero or the expected version id of the applied connection. If specified
+and the version id mismatches, the call fails without modification. This allows to
+catch concurrent accesses.

  
 
 
@@ -1845,7 +1885,7 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1867,10 +1907,10 @@ currently active connection made since it was last applied.

 

 

 
nm_device_reapply_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_reapply_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                          GAsyncResult *result,
-                          GError **error);

+                          GAsyncResult *result,
+                          GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_reapply_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1888,12 +1928,12 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1901,23 +1941,181 @@ nm_device_reapply_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection ()

+
NMConnection *
+nm_device_get_applied_connection (NMDevice *device,
+                                  guint32 flags,
+                                  guint64 *version_id,
+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

+
Fetch the currently applied connection on the device.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
flags
the flags argument. Currently this value must always be zero.
 
version_id
 (allow-none): returns the current version id of
+the applied connection. 
[out]
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a NMConnection with the currently applied settings
+or NULL on error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection_async ()

+
void
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async
+                               (NMDevice *device,
+                                guint32 flags,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

+
Asynchronously begins an get the a currently applied connection.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
flags
the flags argument. Currently this value must always be zero.
 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
 
callback
callback to be called when the reapply operation completes
 
user_data
caller-specific data passed to callback
+
 

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish ()

+
NMConnection *
+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish
+                               (NMDevice *device,
+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                guint64 *version_id,
+                                GError **error);

+
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_get_applied_connection_async().

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





device
a NMDevice
 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
 
version_id
 (allow-none): the current version id of the applied
+connection. 
[out]
error
location for a GError, or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a currently applied NMConnection or NULL in case
+of error. 

+
[transfer full]

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

 
nm_device_disconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect (NMDevice *device,
-                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                      GError **error);

+                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                      GError **error);

 
Disconnects the device if currently connected, and prevents the device from
 automatically connecting to networks until the next manual network connection
 request.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -1932,20 +2130,20 @@ request.

-
+
-
+

 
 

 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

@@ -1954,14 +2152,14 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_disconnect_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_disconnect_async (NMDevice *device,
-                            GCancellable *cancellable,
-                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                            gpointer user_data);

+                            GCancellable *cancellable,
+                            GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                            gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously begins disconnecting the device if currently connected, and
 prevents the device from automatically connecting to networks until the next
 manual network connection request.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -1976,7 +2174,7 @@ manual network connection request.

-
+
@@ -1997,13 +2195,13 @@ manual network connection request.

 
nm_device_disconnect_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_disconnect_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                             GAsyncResult *result,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GAsyncResult *result,
+                             GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_disconnect_async().

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 

 
 

 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 
@@ -2018,33 +2216,33 @@ nm_device_disconnect_finish (
result

-
+
-
+

 
 

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete (NMDevice *device,
-                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                  GError **error);

+                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                  GError **error);

 
Deletes the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2059,20 +2257,20 @@ nm_device_delete (
cancellable

-
+
-
+

 
 

a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 

 

-
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
Returns

+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 

@@ -2081,13 +2279,13 @@ will be set.

 
nm_device_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_delete_async (NMDevice *device,
-                        GCancellable *cancellable,
-                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                        gpointer user_data);

+                        GCancellable *cancellable,
+                        GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                        gpointer user_data);

Asynchronously begins deleteing the software device. Hardware devices can't be deleted.

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2102,7 +2300,7 @@ be deleted.

- + @@ -2123,13 +2321,13 @@ be deleted.

nm_device_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_delete_finish (NMDevice *device,
-                         GAsyncResult *result,
-                         GError **error);

+                         GAsyncResult *result,
+                         GError **error);

Gets the result of a call to nm_device_delete_async().

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

cancellable

a GCancellable, or NULL

a GCancellable, or NULL

  
@@ -2144,29 +2342,29 @@ nm_device_delete_finish (

result

- + - +

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  

error

location for a GError, or NULL

location for a GError, or NULL

  
-

Returns

-

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error +

Returns

+

TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error will be set.

nm_device_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_device_filter_connections (NMDevice *device,
-                              const GPtrArray *connections);

+                              const GPtrArray *connections);

Filters a given array of connections for a given NMDevice object and returns connections which may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2178,7 +2376,7 @@ Ethernet, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi WPA connections, or any other connection that is incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see nm_client_get_connections().

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2193,27 +2391,27 @@ incompatible with the device. To get the full list of connections see - +

connections

an array of NMConnections to filter.

an array of NMConnections to filter.

[element-type NMConnection]
-

Returns

+

Returns

an array of -NMConnections that could be activated with the given device +NMConnections that could be activated with the given device . The array -should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

+should be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required.

[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

nm_device_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_valid (NMDevice *device,
-                            NMConnection *connection);

+                            NMConnection *connection);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2223,7 +2421,7 @@ network, and will not be valid if it describes a WPA network, or if it is an Ethernet, Bluetooth, WWAN, etc connection that is incompatible with the device.

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2239,7 +2437,7 @@ against

- @@ -2247,18 +2445,18 @@ against

connection

an NMConnection to validate against device +

an NMConnection to validate against device

 
-

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

Returns

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_connection_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_connection_compatible (NMDevice *device,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError **error);

Validates a given connection for a given NMDevice object and returns whether the connection may be activated with the device. For example if device @@ -2271,7 +2469,7 @@ device.

compatibility of the given device and connection. But, in addition, it sets GError when FALSE is returned.

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2287,34 +2485,34 @@ against

- - +

connection

an NMConnection to validate against device +

an NMConnection to validate against device

 

error

return location for a GError, or NULL

return location for a GError, or NULL

  
-

Returns

-

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE +

Returns

+

TRUE if the connection may be activated with this device, FALSE if is incompatible with the device's capabilities and characteristics.

nm_device_get_setting_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_device_get_setting_type (NMDevice *device);

 
Gets the (primary) NMSetting subtype associated with connections
 that can be used on device
 .

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -2329,7 +2527,7 @@ that can be used on device

 
 

 

 

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 device
 's associated NMSetting type

 

@@ -2341,7 +2539,7 @@ that can be used on device
 nm_lldp_neighbor_new (void);

Creates a new NMLldpNeighbor object.

-

Returns

+

Returns

the new NMLldpNeighbor object.

[transfer full]

@@ -2354,7 +2552,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_new (void nm_lldp_neighbor_ref (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor);

Increases the reference count of the object.

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2378,7 +2576,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_unref ( -

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2402,7 +2600,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (Gets an array of attribute names available for neighbor .

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2417,8 +2615,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (
-

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

+

Returns

+

a NULL-terminated array of attribute names.

[transfer full]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2426,7 +2624,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_names (

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
                                (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name,
@@ -2435,7 +2633,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
  on neighbor
 

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters
@@ -2462,24 +2660,24 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_string_value
-

Returns

-

TRUE if a string attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

Returns

+

TRUE if a string attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                       char *name,
-                                      guint *out_value);

+                                      guint *out_value);

Gets the uint value of attribute with name name on neighbor

-

Parameters

+

Parameters

@@ -2506,21 +2704,21 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_uint_value ( -

Returns

-

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name -was found, FALSE otherwise

+

Returns

+

TRUE if a uint attribute with name name +was found, FALSE otherwise

Since: 1.2

nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (NMLldpNeighbor *neighbor,
                                 char *name);

 
Get the type of an attribute.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters
@@ -2542,8 +2740,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (
-

Returns

-

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name +

Returns

+

the GVariantType of the attribute with name name

Since: 1.2

@@ -2724,7 +2922,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean
+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

Whether the device can auto-activate a connection.

Flags: Read / Write

Default value: TRUE

@@ -2732,7 +2930,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “available-connections” property

-
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *
+
  “available-connections”    GPtrArray *

The available connections of the device

Element-type: NMRemoteConnection

Flags: Read

@@ -2769,7 +2967,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver” property

-
  “driver”                   gchar *
+
  “driver”                   gchar *

The driver of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2777,7 +2975,7 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “driver-version” property

-
  “driver-version”           gchar *
+
  “driver-version”           gchar *

The version of the device driver.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2785,8 +2983,8 @@ nm_lldp_neighbor_get_attr_type (

The “firmware-missing” property

-
  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required +

  “firmware-missing”         gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates the device is likely missing firmware required for its operation.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2794,7 +2992,7 @@ for its operation.

The “firmware-version” property

-
  “firmware-version”         gchar *
+
  “firmware-version”         gchar *

The firmware version of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2802,7 +3000,7 @@ for its operation.

The “interface” property

-
  “interface”                gchar *
+
  “interface”                gchar *

The interface of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2810,7 +3008,7 @@ for its operation.

The “ip-interface” property

-
  “ip-interface”             gchar *
+
  “ip-interface”             gchar *

The IP interface of the device which should be used for all IP-related operations like addressing and routing.

Flags: Read

@@ -2820,7 +3018,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “ip4-config” property

  “ip4-config”               NMIPConfig *
-

The NMIP4Config of the device.

+

The NMIP4Config of the device.

Flags: Read

@@ -2833,14 +3031,14 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “lldp-neighbors” property

-
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *
+
  “lldp-neighbors”           GPtrArray *

The LLDP neighbors.

Flags: Read

The “managed” property

-
  “managed”                  gboolean
+
  “managed”                  gboolean

Whether the device is managed by NetworkManager.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2848,7 +3046,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “metered” property

-
  “metered”                  guint
+
  “metered”                  guint

Whether the device is metered.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -2857,7 +3055,7 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint
+
  “mtu”                      guint

The MTU of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: 1500

@@ -2865,8 +3063,8 @@ operations like addressing and routing.

The “nm-plugin-missing” property

-
  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
-

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device +

  “nm-plugin-missing”        gboolean
+

When TRUE indicates that the NetworkManager plugin for the device is not installed.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

@@ -2875,7 +3073,7 @@ is not installed.

The “physical-port-id” property

-
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *
+
  “physical-port-id”         gchar *

The physical port ID of the device. (See nm_device_get_physical_port_id().)

Flags: Read

@@ -2884,7 +3082,7 @@ is not installed.

The “product” property

-
  “product”                  gchar *
+
  “product”                  gchar *

The product string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2892,7 +3090,7 @@ is not installed.

The “real” property

-
  “real”                     gboolean
+
  “real”                     gboolean

Whether the device is real or is a placeholder device that could be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its “available-connections” was activated.

@@ -2911,7 +3109,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “state-reason” property

-
  “state-reason”             guint
+
  “state-reason”             guint

The reason for the device state.

Flags: Read

Default value: 0

@@ -2919,7 +3117,7 @@ be created automatically by NetworkManager if one of its

The “udi” property

-
  “udi”                      gchar *
+
  “udi”                      gchar *

An operating-system specific device hardware identifier; this is not unique to a specific hardware device across reboots or hotplugs. It is an opaque string which for some device types (Bluetooth, Modem) @@ -2932,7 +3130,7 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “vendor” property

-
  “vendor”                   gchar *
+
  “vendor”                   gchar *

The vendor string of the device.

Flags: Read

Default value: NULL

@@ -2944,10 +3142,10 @@ request more information about the device from those services.

The “state-changed” signal

void
 user_function (NMDevice *device,
-               guint     new_state,
-               guint     old_state,
-               guint     reason,
-               gpointer  user_data)
+ guint new_state, + guint old_state, + guint reason, + gpointer user_data)

Notifies the state change of a NMDevice.

Parameters

@@ -2986,7 +3184,7 @@ user_function (
-

Flags: Run First

+

Flags: Run First

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html index 7c9c5612..5611b4f7 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceAdsl.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_adsl_get_carrier () @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceAdsl
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_device_adsl_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (NMDeviceAdsl *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ nm_device_adsl_get_carrier (

Property Details

The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean
+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

Whether the device has carrier.

Flags: Read

Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html index b99d8ba3..c2a2069d 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBond.html @@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_device_bond_get_carrier () -const GPtrArray * +const GPtrArray * nm_device_bond_get_slaves () @@ -76,19 +76,19 @@ -gboolean +gboolean carrier Read -gchar * +gchar * hw-address Read -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * slaves Read @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBond
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bond_get_carrier (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_bond_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bond_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bond_get_slaves (NMDeviceBond *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_bond_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bond device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
index dee83c75..986dbf57 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBridge.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBridge
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_bridge_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (NMDeviceBridge *device);

 
Gets the devices currently slaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_bridge_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices slaved to the bridge device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
index b8cb2689..90c0b9bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceBt.html
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceBt
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ nm_device_bt_get_capabilities (
 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the bluetooth device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
index 0b6dc4a2..b1d65f64 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceEthernet.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()
@@ -91,29 +91,29 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 speed
 Read
 
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceEthernet
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_ethernet_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Gets the speed of the NMDeviceEthernet.

 

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_speed (
 
nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (NMDeviceEthernet *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ nm_device_ethernet_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The active hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The permanent hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ one subchannel the s390 device uses to communicate to the host. 

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies subchannels of this network device used for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ communication with z/VM or s390 host.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
The speed of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
index 8144c52f..765052c5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceGeneric.html
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 type-description
 Read
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceGeneric
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “type-description” property

-
  “type-description”         gchar *

-
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
+
  “type-description”         gchar *

+
A description of the specific type of device this is, or NULL
 if not known.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
index 771b9c45..d17bf082 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceIPTunnel.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint8
+guint8
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -138,35 +138,35 @@
 
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 encapsulation-limit
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read
 
@@ -177,23 +177,23 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceIPTunnel
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ to tunneled packets.

 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint8
+
guint8
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMDeviceIPTunnel *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ nm_device_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guchar

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to
 be prepended to packets. This property applies only to IPv6
 tunnels.

@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property
 applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled input packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunneled output packets, if applicable.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether path MTU discovery is enabled on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) assigned to
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The TTL assigned to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value
  meaning that packets inherit the TTL value

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
index ccfcbef2..955467bc 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceInfiniband.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()
@@ -69,13 +69,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceInfiniband
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (NMDeviceInfiniband *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ nm_device_infiniband_get_carrier (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
index f5866285..a01552e6 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceMacvlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,18 +93,18 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-promisc
 Read
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 tap
 Read
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceMacvlan
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the no-promiscuous flag of the device.

 

@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_no_promisc (
 

 
nm_device_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (NMDeviceMacvlan *device);

 
Gets the device type (MACVLAN or MACVTAP).

 

@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ nm_device_macvlan_get_tap (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

+
 TRUE if the device is a MACVTAP, FALSE if it is a MACVLAN.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The MACVLAN mode.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “no-promisc” property

-
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

+
  “no-promisc”               gboolean

 
Whether the device has the no-promiscuos flag.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the device is a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
index 48227b60..b79d21a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceModem.html
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceModem
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
index 92f9a5e6..f902904a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceOlpcMesh.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 active-channel
 Read
 
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceOlpcMesh
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_companion (
 

 
Returns

-
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

+
 the companion of the device of NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
                                (NMDeviceOlpcMesh *device);

 
Returns the active channel of the NMDeviceOlpcMesh device.

@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 
Property Details

 

 
The “active-channel” property

-
  “active-channel”           guint

+
  “active-channel”           guint

 
The device's active channel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ nm_device_olpc_mesh_get_active_channel
 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
index e166abba..8c397647 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTeam.html
@@ -50,14 +50,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_carrier ()
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_team_get_slaves ()
@@ -76,19 +76,19 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 slaves
 Read
 
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTeam
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_team_get_carrier (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ nm_device_team_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_team_get_slaves ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_team_get_slaves (NMDeviceTeam *device);

 
Gets the devices currently enslaved to device
 .

@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ nm_device_team_get_slaves (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMDevices that are slaves of device
 . This is the internal
 copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ copy used by the device, and must not be modified. 

 

 

 
The “slaves” property

-
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “slaves”                   GPtrArray *

 
The devices enslaved to the team device.

 
Element-type: NMDevice

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
index 24157784..5b30f9d1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceTun.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_owner ()
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_group ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -108,39 +108,39 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mode
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-pi
 Read
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 owner
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read
 
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceTun
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_mode (
 
nm_device_tun_get_owner ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_owner (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel owner.

 

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_owner (
 
nm_device_tun_get_group ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_device_tun_get_group (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Gets the tunnel group.

 

@@ -310,13 +310,13 @@ nm_device_tun_get_group (
 
nm_device_tun_get_no_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_no_pi (NMDeviceTun *device);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_VNET_HDR flag.

 

@@ -336,14 +336,14 @@ nm_device_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device has the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (NMDeviceTun *device);

 
Returns whether the NMDeviceTun has the IFF_MULTI_QUEUE flag.

 

@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the device doesn't have the flag, FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gint64

+
  “group”                    gint64

 
The gid of the tunnel group, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
The tunnel mode, either "tun" or "tap".

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ nm_device_tun_get_multi_queue (
 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_TAP_MQ" flag; true if callers can connect to
 the tap device multiple times, for multiple send/receive
 queues.

@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ queues.

 

 

 
The “no-pi” property

-
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

+
  “no-pi”                    gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_NO_PI" flag; true if no protocol info is
 prepended to the tunnel packets.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gint64

+
  “owner”                    gint64

 
The uid of the tunnel owner, or -1 if it has no owner.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: [-1,4294967295]

@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ prepended to the tunnel packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

 
The tunnel's "TUN_VNET_HDR" flag; true if the tunnel packets
 include a virtio network header.

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
index 08ab3bf0..17cefa9f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 vlan-id
 Read
 
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVlan
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier

 

 

 

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (NMDeviceVlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
Property Details

 

 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ nm_device_vlan_get_vlan_id (
 
The “vlan-id” property

-
  “vlan-id”                  guint

+
  “vlan-id”                  guint

 
The device's VLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
index 074a37fb..2190608d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceVxlan.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()
@@ -195,60 +195,60 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ageing
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 carrier
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 dst-port
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l2miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 l3miss
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 learning
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 limit
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read
 
@@ -259,32 +259,32 @@
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 proxy
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 rsc
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-max
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 src-port-min
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 tos
 Read
 
 
-guchar
+guchar
 ttl
 Read
 
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceVxlan
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 

@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_carrier (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

+
 TRUE if the device has carrier.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_id (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_local (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_min (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_src_port_max (
 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_dst_port (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_learning (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_vxlan_get_limit (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ forwarding table

 

 

 
nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l2miss (
 
nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (NMDeviceVxlan *device);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -975,7 +975,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
The lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “carrier” property

-
  “carrier”                  gboolean

+
  “carrier”                  gboolean

 
Whether the device has carrier.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ nm_device_vxlan_get_l3miss (
 
The “dst-port” property

-
  “dst-port”                 guint

+
  “dst-port”                 guint

 
The UDP destination port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN tunnel
 endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ endpoint.

 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

+
  “group”                    gchar *

 
The unicast destination IP address used in outgoing packets when the
 destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The device's VXLAN ID.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 16777215

@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l2miss” property

-
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l2miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “l3miss” property

-
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

+
  “l3miss”                   gboolean

 
Whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1052,7 +1052,7 @@ forwarding database or the multicast IP address joined.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses are entered
 into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
The maximum number of entries that can be added to the forwarding table.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1106,7 +1106,7 @@ into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “src-port-max” property

-
  “src-port-max”             guint

+
  “src-port-max”             guint

 
The maximum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “src-port-min” property

-
  “src-port-min”             guint

+
  “src-port-min”             guint

 
The minimum UDP source port used to communicate with the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guchar

+
  “tos”                      guchar

 
The TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -1137,7 +1137,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guchar

+
  “ttl”                      guchar

 
The time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
index c9c6128c..38421ce9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWifi.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 access-points
 Read
 
@@ -168,13 +168,13 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bitrate
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 perm-hw-address
 Read
 
@@ -209,12 +209,12 @@
 
 void
 access-point-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 access-point-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWifi
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_mode (
 
nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_device_wifi_get_bitrate (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets the bit rate of the NMDeviceWifi in kbit/s.

 

@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_active_access_point
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -463,14 +463,14 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_point_by_path
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_get_access_points ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (NMDeviceWifi *device);

 
Gets all the scanned access points of the NMDeviceWifi.

 

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_get_access_points (
 

 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing all the
+
 a GPtrArray containing all the
 scanned NMAccessPoints.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMAccessPoint]

@@ -499,10 +499,10 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -523,12 +523,12 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ after that for the scan to complete.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -544,11 +544,11 @@ set.

 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                     GVariant *options,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GVariant *options,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that the function
 returns immediately after requesting the scan, and it may take some time
@@ -575,17 +575,17 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ set.

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async ()

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -652,10 +652,10 @@ that for the scan to complete.

 
void
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_options_async
                                (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                GVariant *options,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                GVariant *options,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Request NM to scan for access points on device
 . Note that callback
  will be
@@ -683,12 +683,12 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 
 
 
options

-
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

+
dictionary with options for RequestScan(), or NULL

  
 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -710,10 +710,10 @@ D-Bus call. Valid otions inside the dictionary are:
 

 

 
nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_device_wifi_request_scan_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -731,12 +731,12 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
location for a GError, or NULL

+
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_device_wifi_request_scan_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be
 set.

 

@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ set.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “access-points” property

-
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

+
  “access-points”            GPtrArray *

 
List of all Wi-Fi access points the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMAccessPoint

 
Flags: Read

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “bitrate” property

-
  “bitrate”                  guint

+
  “bitrate”                  guint

 
The bit rate of the device in kbit/s.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: 0

@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ set.

 

 

 
The “perm-hw-address” property

-
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

+
  “perm-hw-address”          gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -856,8 +856,8 @@ set.

 
The “access-point-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is added to the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -886,15 +886,15 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “access-point-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWifi *device,
-               GObject      *ap,
-               gpointer      user_data)

+               GObject      *ap,
+               gpointer      user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMAccessPoint is removed from the Wi-Fi device.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ user_function (
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
index 24c99f8e..a593d1b9 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDeviceWimax.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-const GPtrArray *
+const GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()
@@ -131,39 +131,39 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 bsid
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 center-frequency
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 cinr
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 hw-address
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 nsps
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 rssi
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 tx-power
 Read
 
@@ -182,12 +182,12 @@
 
 void
 nsp-added
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 void
 nsp-removed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 
 

@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDevice
             ╰── NMDeviceWimax
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_active_nsp (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is active. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -344,14 +344,14 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsp_by_path (
 

 
Returns

-
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

+
 the access point or NULL if none is found. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps ()

-
const GPtrArray *
+
const GPtrArray *
 nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (NMDeviceWimax *wimax);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_nsps has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_nsps (
 
Returns

-
 a GPtrArray containing
+
 a GPtrArray containing
 all the scanned NMWimaxNsps.
 The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 
[element-type NMWimaxNsp]

@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ The returned array is owned by the client and should not be modified. 

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_center_frequency has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_rssi (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_rssi has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_cinr (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_cinr has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power (NMDeviceWimax *self);

 

 
nm_device_wimax_get_tx_power has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
Returns

-
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

+
 the ID of the serving Base Station, or NULL

 

 

 

@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ nm_device_wimax_get_bsid (
 
The “bsid” property

-
  “bsid”                     gchar *

+
  “bsid”                     gchar *

 
The ID of the serving base station as received from the network.  Has
 no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ no meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “center-frequency” property

-
  “center-frequency”         guint

+
  “center-frequency”         guint

 
The center frequency (in KHz) of the radio channel the device is using to
 communicate with the network when connected.  Has no meaning when the
 device is not connected.

@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “cinr” property

-
  “cinr”                     gint

+
  “cinr”                     gint

 
CINR (Carrier to Interference + Noise Ratio) of the current radio link
 in dB.  CINR is a more accurate measure of radio link quality.  Has no
 meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “hw-address” property

-
  “hw-address”               gchar *

+
  “hw-address”               gchar *

 
The hardware (MAC) address of the device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax:hw-address has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “nsps” property

-
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

+
  “nsps”                     GPtrArray *

 
List of all WiMAX Network Service Providers the device can see.

 
Element-type: NMWimaxNsp

 
Flags: Read

@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ meaning when the device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “rssi” property

-
  “rssi”                     gint

+
  “rssi”                     gint

 
RSSI of the current radio link in dBm.  This value indicates how strong
 the raw received RF signal from the base station is, but does not
 indicate the overall quality of the radio link.  Has no meaning when the
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ device is not connected.

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 gint

+
  “tx-power”                 gint

 
Average power of the last burst transmitted by the device, in units of
 0.5 dBm.  i.e. a TxPower of -11 represents an actual device TX power of
 -5.5 dBm.  Has no meaning when the device is not connected.

@@ -700,8 +700,8 @@ device is not connected.

 
The “nsp-added” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is added to the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-added has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -734,15 +734,15 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

 
The “nsp-removed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMDeviceWimax *self,
-               GObject       *nsp,
-               gpointer       user_data)

+               GObject       *nsp,
+               gpointer       user_data)

 
Notifies that a NMWimaxNsp is removed from the wimax device.

 

 
NMDeviceWimax::nsp-removed has been deprecated since version 1.2 and should not be used in newly-written code.

@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ user_function (<
 
 

 

-
Flags: Run First

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
index b506c4b1..8bc84506 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMDhcpConfig.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 
 
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 options
 Read
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMDhcpConfig
 

@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_family (
 
nm_dhcp_config_get_options ()

-
GHashTable *
+
GHashTable *
 nm_dhcp_config_get_options (NMDhcpConfig *config);

 
Gets all the options contained in the configuration.

 

@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ nm_dhcp_config_get_options (
 
Returns

-
 the GHashTable containing
+
 the GHashTable containing
 strings for keys and values.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration, and must not be modified. 

 
[transfer none][element-type utf8 utf8]

@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@ configuration, and must not be modified.

 

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

-
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
The GHashTable containing options of the configuration.

 
Type: GLib.HashTable(utf8,utf8)

 
Flags: Read

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
index b21fc882..10987785 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMIPConfig.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_ip_config_get_routes ()
@@ -114,44 +114,44 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 domains
 Read
 
 
-gint
+gint
 family
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 nameservers
 Read
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 searches
 Read
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 wins-servers
 Read
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMIPConfig
 

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
nm_ip_config_get_addresses ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_addresses (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the IP addresses (containing the address, prefix, and gateway).

 

@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_addresses (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray
+
 the GPtrArray
 containing NMIPAddresses.  This is the internal copy used by the
 configuration and must not be modified. The library never modifies the
 returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ returned array and thus it is safe for callers to reference and keep using it. <
 

 

 
nm_ip_config_get_routes ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_ip_config_get_routes (NMIPConfig *config);

 
Gets the routes.

 

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_routes (
 
Returns

-
 the GPtrArray containing
+
 the GPtrArray containing
 NMIPRoutes. This is the internal copy used by the configuration, and must
 not be modified. The library never modifies the returned array and thus it is
 safe for callers to reference and keep using it. 

@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_domains (
 
Returns

 
 the array of domains.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_searches (
 
Returns

 
 the array of DNS search strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 
Returns

 
 the arry of WINS server IP address strings.
-(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

+(This is never NULL, though it may be 0-length.). 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -492,21 +492,21 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the addresses (NMIPAddress) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “domains” property

-
  “domains”                  GStrv

+
  “domains”                  GStrv

 
The array containing domain strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “family” property

-
  “family”                   gint

+
  “family”                   gint

 
The IP address family of the configuration; either
 AF_INET or AF_INET6.

 
Flags: Read

@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The IP gateway address of the configuration as string.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -524,28 +524,28 @@ nm_ip_config_get_wins_servers (
 

 
The “nameservers” property

-
  “nameservers”              GStrv

+
  “nameservers”              GStrv

 
The array containing name server IP addresses of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

-
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
A GPtrArray containing the routes (NMIPRoute) of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “searches” property

-
  “searches”                 GStrv

+
  “searches”                 GStrv

 
The array containing DNS search strings of the configuration.

 
Flags: Read

 

 

 

 
The “wins-servers” property

-
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

+
  “wins-servers”             GStrv

 
The array containing WINS server IP addresses of the configuration.
 (This will always be empty for IPv6 configurations.)

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
index c9779152..16db2f94 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMObject.html
@@ -60,18 +60,18 @@
 
 
 
-GDBusConnection *
+GDBusConnection *
 dbus-connection
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nm-running-internal
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 path
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ├── NMAccessPoint
         ├── NMActiveConnection
@@ -160,22 +160,22 @@ device, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dbus-connection” property

-
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

-
The GDBusConnection of the object.

+
  “dbus-connection”          GDBusConnection *

+
The GDBusConnection of the object.

 
[skip]

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 

 

 

 
The “nm-running-internal” property

-
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

+
  “nm-running-internal”      gboolean

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “path” property

-
  “path”                     gchar *

+
  “path”                     gchar *

 
The D-Bus object path.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct Only

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
index dac135b3..cdf5a9f1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMRemoteConnection.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()
@@ -166,12 +166,12 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 unsaved
 Read
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 visible
 Read
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMRemoteConnection
 

@@ -219,16 +219,16 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                     GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Send any local changes to the settings and properties of connection
  to
 NetworkManager. If save_to_disk
- is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
-disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

+ is TRUE, the updated connection will be saved to
+disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be changed.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representat
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -273,15 +273,15 @@ will be set.
void
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                gboolean save_to_disk,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gboolean save_to_disk,
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
Asynchronously sends any local changes to the settings and properties of
 connection
  to NetworkManager. If save
- is TRUE, the updated connection will
-be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
+ is TRUE, the updated connection will
+be saved to disk; if FALSE, then only the in-memory representation will be
 changed.

 
Parameters

@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ changed.

 
 

-
+
@@ -325,11 +325,11 @@ changed.

 
nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -347,12 +347,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -360,17 +360,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_commit_changes_finish
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
nm_remote_connection_save ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                           GCancellable *cancellable,
-                           GError **error);

+                           GCancellable *cancellable,
+                           GError **error);

 
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 

@@ -389,12 +389,12 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ will be set.
nm_remote_connection_save_async ()
void
 nm_remote_connection_save_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                 GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                 gpointer user_data);
Saves the connection to disk if the connection has changes that have not yet
 been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
 

-
+
@@ -453,10 +453,10 @@ been written to disk, or if the connection has never been saved.

 
nm_remote_connection_save_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_save_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                  GAsyncResult *result,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GAsyncResult *result,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_save_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -474,12 +474,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -487,17 +487,17 @@ nm_remote_connection_save_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                             GCancellable *cancellable,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GCancellable *cancellable,
+                             GError **error);

 
Deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -515,12 +515,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
cancellable

-

+
-
+
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 
 
@@ -537,9 +537,9 @@ will be set.

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_async ()

 
void
 nm_remote_connection_delete_async (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                   GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously deletes the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

-
+
@@ -578,10 +578,10 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_async (
 

 
nm_remote_connection_delete_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                    GAsyncResult *result,
-                                    GError **error);

+                                    GAsyncResult *result,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_delete_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -599,12 +599,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -612,18 +612,18 @@ nm_remote_connection_delete_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
+
 TRUE on success, FALSE on error, in which case error
 will be set.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                   const char *setting_name,
-                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                  GError **error);

+                                  GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                  GError **error);

 
Request the connection's secrets. Note that this is a blocking D-Bus call,
 not a simple property accessor.

 

@@ -647,12 +647,12 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -660,9 +660,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing
 connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error.

+'s secrets, or NULL on error.

 

 
 

@@ -672,9 +672,9 @@ not a simple property accessor.

 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
                                 const char *setting_name,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                gpointer user_data);
+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                gpointer user_data);
 
Asynchronously requests the connection's secrets.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 
 

-
+
@@ -718,11 +718,11 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
                                (NMRemoteConnection *connection,
-                                GAsyncResult *result,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GAsyncResult *result,
+                                GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -740,12 +740,12 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -753,16 +753,16 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_secrets_finish
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
 a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 containing connection
-'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

+'s secrets, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -781,21 +781,21 @@ nm_remote_connection_get_unsaved (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
-been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
+
 TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not
+been saved to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk
 representation.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_remote_connection_get_visible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_remote_connection_get_visible (NMRemoteConnection *connection);

 
Checks if the connection is visible to the current user.  If the
 connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it will
 not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will
-always fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return
+always fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return
 non-visible connections to callers, but it is possible for a
 connection's visibility to change after you already have a
 reference to it.)

@@ -816,8 +816,8 @@ reference to it.)

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
-user, FALSE if not.

+
 TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current
+user, FALSE if not.

 

 

 
@@ -851,21 +851,21 @@ user, FALSE if not.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “unsaved” property

-
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
-to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

+
  “unsaved”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection contains changes that have not been saved
+to disk, FALSE if the connection is the same as its on-disk representation.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “visible” property

-
  “visible”                  gboolean

-
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
+
  “visible”                  gboolean

+
TRUE if the remote connection is visible to the current user, FALSE if
 not.  If the connection is not visible then it is essentially useless; it
 will not contain any settings, and operations such as
 nm_remote_connection_save() and nm_remote_connection_delete() will always
-fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return non-visible connections
+fail. (NMRemoteSettings will not normally return non-visible connections
 to callers, but it is possible for a connection's visibility to change
 after you already have a reference to it.)

 
Flags: Read

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
index ab20b0eb..499ef3a1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSecretAgentOld.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 
 

-
+
@@ -169,12 +169,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSecretAgentOld
 

 

@@ -223,10 +223,10 @@
 
NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                   NMConnection *connection,
-                                   GVariant *secrets,
-                                   GError *error,
-                                   gpointer user_data);

+                                   NMConnection *connection,
+                                   GVariant *secrets,
+                                   GError *error,
+                                   gpointer user_data);
 
Called as a result of a request by NM to retrieve secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished retrieving secrets and is ready to
 return them, or to return an error, this function should be called with
@@ -261,16 +261,16 @@ something like this:

 
 secrets = nm_simple_connection_new ();
 s_wsec = (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *) nm_setting_wireless_security_new ();
-g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
+g_object_set (G_OBJECT (s_wsec),
               NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_SECURITY_PSK, "my really cool PSK",
-              NULL);
+              NULL);
 nm_connection_add_setting (secrets, NM_SETTING (s_wsec));
 secrets_dict = nm_connection_to_dbus (secrets, NM_CONNECTION_SERIALIZE_ALL);
 
 (call the NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc with secrets_dict)
 
-g_object_unref (secrets);
-g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
+g_object_unref (secrets);
+g_variant_unref (secrets_dict);
       
     

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
cancellable
a GCancellable, or NULL
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 

 

 

 
result
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 

 

 
error
location for a GError, or NULL
location for a GError, or NULL

  
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register ()
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-register
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-gchar *identifier
 Read / Write / Construct Only
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 registered
 Read
 

   

@@ -295,13 +295,13 @@ something like this:

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were requested,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
 
 
secrets

-
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
+
the GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION containing the requested
 secrets (as created by nm_connection_to_dbus() for example).  Each key in secrets
 should be the name of a NMSetting object (like "802-11-wireless-security")
 and each value should be an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING variant.  The sub-dicts
@@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ and the value is the secret

 
NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                    NMConnection *connection,
-                                    GError *error,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    NMConnection *connection,
+                                    GError *error,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to save secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished saving the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be saved,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -375,9 +375,9 @@ has returned. 

 
NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc ()

 
void
 (*NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc) (NMSecretAgentOld *agent,
-                                      NMConnection *connection,
-                                      GError *error,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      NMConnection *connection,
+                                      GError *error,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Called as a result of a request by NM to delete secrets.  When the
 NMSecretAgentOld subclass has finished deleting the secrets, this function
 should be called.

@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ should be called.

 
connection

 
 the connection for which secrets were to be deleted,
 note that this object will be unrefed after the callback has returned, use
-g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
+g_object_ref()/g_object_unref() if you want to use this object after the callback
 has returned. 

 [transfer none]
 
@@ -420,10 +420,10 @@ has returned. 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                              GCancellable *cancellable,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GCancellable *cancellable,
+                              GError **error);

 
Registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and save
 secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -445,12 +445,12 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

@@ -466,9 +466,9 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                    GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously registers the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent is able to provide and
 save secrets for connections on behalf of its user.

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -511,10 +511,10 @@ registered, or in the process of registering.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                     GAsyncResult *result,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     GAsyncResult *result,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_register_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -532,12 +532,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 
 
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -545,16 +545,16 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_register_finish (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if registration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                GError **error);

 
Unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret manager,
 indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide or
 store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -576,12 +576,12 @@ registered.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ registered.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error

 

 

 

@@ -597,9 +597,9 @@ registered.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
-                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      GCancellable *cancellable,
+                                      GAsyncReadyCallback callback,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously unregisters the NMSecretAgentOld with the NetworkManager secret
 manager, indicating to NetworkManager that the agent will no longer provide
 or store secrets on behalf of this user.

@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ registered.

 
 
 
cancellable

-
a GCancellable, or NULL

+
a GCancellable, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -642,10 +642,10 @@ registered.

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                       GAsyncResult *result,
-                                       GError **error);

+                                       GAsyncResult *result,
+                                       GError **error);

 
Gets the result of a call to nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_async().

 

 
Parameters

@@ -663,12 +663,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
result

-
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

+
the result passed to the GAsyncReadyCallback

  
 
 
 
error

-
return location for a GError, or NULL

+
return location for a GError, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -676,13 +676,13 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_unregister_finish (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

+
 TRUE if unregistration was successful, FALSE on error.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (NMSecretAgentOld *self);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
 

 
Returns

-
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

+
 a TRUE if the agent is registered, FALSE if it is not.

 

 

 

@@ -709,12 +709,12 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_get_registered (
nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_get_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 NMConnection *connection,
                                  const char *setting_name,
                                  const char **hints,
                                  NMSecretAgentGetSecretsFlags flags,
                                  NMSecretAgentOldGetSecretsFunc callback,
-                                 gpointer user_data);

+                                 gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously retrieves secrets belonging to connection
  for the
 setting setting_name
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ secrets from the user.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

+
the NMConnection for which we're asked secrets

  
 
 
@@ -778,9 +778,9 @@ secrets from the user.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_save_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                  NMConnection *connection,
+                                  NMConnection *connection,
                                   NMSecretAgentOldSaveSecretsFunc callback,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously ensures that all secrets inside connection
  are stored to
 disk.

@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ disk.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -824,9 +824,9 @@ disk.

 
nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets ()

 
void
 nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (NMSecretAgentOld *self,
-                                    NMConnection *connection,
+                                    NMConnection *connection,
                                     NMSecretAgentOldDeleteSecretsFunc callback,
-                                    gpointer user_data);

+                                    gpointer user_data);

 
Asynchronously asks the agent to delete all saved secrets belonging to
 connection
 .

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -896,15 +896,15 @@ nm_secret_agent_old_delete_secrets (
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-register” property

-
  “auto-register”            gboolean

-
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
+
  “auto-register”            gboolean

+
If TRUE (the default), the agent will always be registered when
 NetworkManager is running; if NetworkManager exits and restarts, the
 agent will re-register itself automatically.

-
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
+
In particular, if this property is TRUE at construct time, then the
 agent will register itself with NetworkManager during
 construction/initialization, and initialization will fail with an error
 if the agent is unable to register itself.

-
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
+
If the property is FALSE, the agent will not automatically register with
 NetworkManager, and nm_secret_agent_old_register() or
 nm_secret_agent_old_register_async() must be called to register it.

 
Calling nm_secret_agent_old_unregister() will suppress auto-registration
@@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ you expect it to be unregistered.

 

 

 
The “identifier” property

-
  “identifier”               gchar *

+
  “identifier”               gchar *

 
Identifies this agent; only one agent in each user session may use the
 same identifier.  Identifier formatting follows the same rules as
 D-Bus bus names with the exception that the ':' character is not
@@ -938,8 +938,8 @@ of 3 characters.  An example valid identifier is 'org.gnome.nm-applet'
 

 

 
The “registered” property

-
  “registered”               gboolean

-
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

+
  “registered”               gboolean

+
TRUE if the agent is registered with NetworkManager, FALSE if not.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
index 65b56b96..a0fdf80f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) ()
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 
 
 
-GType
+GType
 
 
 nm_setting_lookup_type ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_verify_secrets ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_compare ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_diff ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()
 
 
 
-const GVariantType *
+const GVariantType *
 
 
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -219,13 +219,13 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingCompareFlags
     ├── NMSettingDiffResult
     ╰── NMSettingMacRandomization
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingSecretFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ├── NMSetting8021x
         ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
 
Each NMSetting contains properties that describe configuration that applies
 to a specific network layer (like IPv4 or IPv6 configuration) or device type
 (like Ethernet, or Wi-Fi).  A collection of individual settings together
-make up an NMConnection. Each property is strongly typed and usually has
+make up an NMConnection. Each property is strongly typed and usually has
 a number of allowed values.  See each NMSetting subclass for a description
 of properties and allowed values.

 

@@ -289,11 +289,11 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 

 

 
NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                                      const char *secret,
                                      NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                                     gpointer user_data);

+                                     gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
Returns

-
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

+
 TRUE to clear the secret, FALSE to not clear the secret

 

@@ -337,9 +337,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.
void
 (*NMSettingValueIterFn) (NMSetting *setting,
                          const char *key,
-                         const GValue *value,
-                         GParamFlags flags,
-                         gpointer user_data);

+                         const GValue *value,
+                         GParamFlags flags,
+                         gpointer user_data);

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -382,9 +382,9 @@ of properties and allowed values.

 
nm_setting_lookup_type ()

-
GType
+
GType
 nm_setting_lookup_type (const char *name);

-
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

+
Returns the GType of the setting's class for a given setting name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 

@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ nm_setting_lookup_type (const cha
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
+
 the GType of the setting's class, or G_TYPE_INVALID if
 name
 is not recognized.

 

@@ -465,14 +465,14 @@ like 'ppp' or 'wireless' or 'wired'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_verify ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify (NMSetting *setting,
-                   NMConnection *connection,
-                   GError **error);

+                   NMConnection *connection,
+                   GError **error);

 
Validates the setting.  Each setting's properties have allowed values, and
 some are dependent on other values (hence the need for connection
 ).  The
-returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
+returned GError contains information about which property of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -490,15 +490,15 @@ failed validation, and in what way that property failed validation.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -506,18 +506,18 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the setting is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_verify_secrets (NMSetting *setting,
-                           NMConnection *connection,
-                           GError **error);

+                           NMConnection *connection,
+                           GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the setting.
-The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
+The returned GError contains information about which secret of the setting
 failed validation, and in what way that secret failed validation.
 The secret validation is done separately from main setting validation, because
 in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

@@ -537,15 +537,15 @@ in some cases connection failure is not desired just for the secrets.

 
 

-
-
+
@@ -553,14 +553,14 @@ is being verified in isolation. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the setting secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_compare ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_compare (NMSetting *a,
                     NMSetting *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

@@ -596,18 +596,18 @@ for a description of each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_diff ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_diff (NMSetting *a,
                  NMSetting *b,
                  NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                 gboolean invert_results,
-                 GHashTable **results);

+                 gboolean invert_results,
+                 GHashTable **results);

 
Compares two NMSetting objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See the documentation for NMSettingCompareFlags
 for a description of each flag's behavior.  If the settings differ, the keys
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ one or more 
invert_results

 

+be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.

 
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

+
 TRUE if the settings contain the same values, FALSE if they do not

 

 
 

@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ in and the settings differ, a new one is created and returned. 

 
void
 nm_setting_enumerate_values (NMSetting *setting,
                              NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                             gpointer user_data);

+                             gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates over each property of the NMSetting object, calling the supplied
 user function for each property.

 

@@ -726,17 +726,17 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
Returns

 
 an allocated string containing a textual representation of the
 setting's properties and values (including secrets!), which the caller should
-free with g_free()

+free with g_free()

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_get_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags *out_flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, retrieves the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ handle that secret.

 

-
+
@@ -773,18 +773,18 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_set_secret_flags ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_set_secret_flags (NMSetting *setting,
                              const char *secret_name,
                              NMSettingSecretFlags flags,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

 
For a given secret, stores the NMSettingSecretFlags describing how to
 handle that secret.

 

@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

-
+
@@ -821,19 +821,19 @@ handle that secret.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
-this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

+
 TRUE on success (if the given secret name was a valid property of
+this setting, and if that property is secret), FALSE if not

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type ()

-
const GVariantType *
+
const GVariantType *
 nm_setting_get_dbus_property_type (NMSetting *setting,
                                    const char *property_name);

 
Gets the D-Bus marshalling type of a property. property_name
  is a D-Bus
-property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

+property name, which may not necessarily be a GObject property.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
connection
 the NMConnection that setting
+
 the NMConnection that setting
 came from, or
-NULL if setting
+NULL if setting
 is being verified in isolation. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
this parameter is used internally by libnm and should
-be set to FALSE.  If TRUE inverts the meaning of the NMSettingDiffResult.
 
 

 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 

@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ if you specify NM_SETTING_COMPARE_FLAG_DIFF_RESULT_W
 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The setting's name, which uniquely identifies the setting within the
 connection.  Each setting type has a name unique to that type, for
 example "ppp" or "wireless" or "wired".

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
index 41c3a2f9..993d2bde 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSetting8021x.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -650,66 +650,66 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -720,13 +720,13 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -737,13 +737,13 @@
 
 
+GBytes *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -754,12 +754,12 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -923,10 +923,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSetting8021xCKFormat
     ╰── NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSetting8021x
 

@@ -968,9 +968,9 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_new (void
 
nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme ()

 
NMSetting8021xCKScheme
-nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
-                                     gsize length,
-                                     GError **error);

+nm_setting_802_1x_check_cert_scheme (gconstpointer pdata,
+                                     gsize length,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Determines and verifies the blob type.
 When setting certificate properties of NMSetting8021x
 the blob must be not UNKNOWN (or NULL).

@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ For NULL it also returns NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_UNKNOWN.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of eap methods allowed for use when connecting to the
 network.  Generally only one EAP method is used.  Use the functions
@@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                  guint32 i);

+                                  guint32 i);

 
Returns the name of the allowed EAP method at index i
 .

 

@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                   const char *eap);

 
Adds an allowed EAP method.  The setting is not valid until at least one
@@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ allowed EAP methods.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the EAP method was successfully added, FALSE if it was
 not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 

 

@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ not a valid method or if it was already allowed.

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method ()

 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                     guint32 i);

+                                     guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed EAP method at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *eap);

@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the EAP method was founs and removed, FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1285,12 +1285,12 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_pac_file (
 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Sets the “system-ca-certs” property. The
 “ca-path” and “phase2-ca-path”
 properties are ignored if the “system-ca-certs” property is
-TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
+TRUE, in which case a system-wide CA certificate directory specified at
 compile time (using the --system-ca-path configure option) is used in place
 of these properties.

 

@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ of these properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if a system CA certificate path should be used, FALSE if not

 

 

 

@@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme.  Not all EAP methods use a
@@ -1467,12 +1467,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                const char *cert_path,
                                NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                               GError **error);

+                               GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “ca-cert” property
 with the raw certificate data if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB
 scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ scheme, or with the path to the certificate file if using the
 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the CA certificate
 file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the CA certificate.

 

@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ clears the CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1548,14 +1548,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_subject_match (
Returns

 
 the “subject-match” property. This is the
 substring to be matched against the subject of the authentication
-server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
+server certificate, or NULL no subject verification is to be
 performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -1620,7 +1620,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1651,8 +1651,8 @@ server is not verified.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1689,7 +1689,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *altsubject_match);

@@ -1719,8 +1719,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@ if 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -1837,12 +1837,12 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *cert_path,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -1870,7 +1870,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the client certificate.

 

@@ -1895,7 +1895,7 @@ clears the client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peapver (
Returns

 
 the "phase 1" PEAP version to be used when authenticating with
 EAP-PEAP as contained in the “phase1-peapver” property.  Valid
-values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

+values are NULL (unset), "0" (PEAP version 0), and "1" (PEAP version 1).

 
 
 

@@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase1_peaplabel
 
Returns

 
 whether the "phase 1" PEAP label is new-style or old-style, to be
 used when authenticating with EAP-PEAP, as contained in the
-“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
+“phase1-peaplabel” property.  Valid values are NULL (unset),
 "0" (use old-style label), and "1" (use new-style label).  See the
 wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 
@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ use 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the "phase 2" CA certificate blob if the CA certificate is stored
@@ -2133,12 +2133,12 @@ of the network cannot be confirmed by the client.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                       const char *cert_path,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                       NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                      GError **error);

+                                      GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-ca-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2163,7 +2163,7 @@ file if using the NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" CA
 certificate file (PEM or DER format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 

@@ -2187,7 +2187,7 @@ clears the "phase2" CA certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2215,14 +2215,14 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_subject_match
 
Returns

 
 the “phase2-subject-match” property. This is
 the substring to be matched against the subject of the "phase 2"
-authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
+authentication server certificate, or NULL no subject verification
 is to be performed.

 
 
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Returns the number of entries in the
@@ -2253,7 +2253,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches
 
const char *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the "phase 2" altSubjectName match at index i
 .

 

@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2319,8 +2319,8 @@ connection

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
-successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

+
 TRUE if the "phase 2" alternative subject name match was
+successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed.

 

 

 

@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@ successfully added, FALSE if it was already allowed
 
void
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes the allowed "phase 2" altSubjectName at the specified index.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *phase2_altsubject_match);

@@ -2387,8 +2387,8 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the alternative subject name match for "phase 2" was found and removed,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2448,7 +2448,7 @@ returned scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Client certificates are used to identify the connecting client to the network
@@ -2507,13 +2507,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *cert_path,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Reads a certificate from disk and sets the “phase2-client-cert”
 property with the raw certificate data if using the
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB scheme, or with the path to the certificate
@@ -2541,7 +2541,7 @@ authentication method.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH
 or NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" client
 certificate file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8
-encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
+encoded; use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with
 any scheme
 clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 

@@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ clears the "phase2" client certificate.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_flags (
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2761,7 +2761,7 @@ nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_scheme
 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -2823,13 +2823,13 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                    const char *key_path,
                                    const char *password,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                    NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                   GError **error);

+                                   GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -2843,7 +2843,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “private-key-password” property with the given password
 .  If
-the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is set, and no
 internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private key is
@@ -2873,13 +2873,13 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the private key file
 (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded; use
-g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
+g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -2904,7 +2904,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3023,7 +3023,7 @@ scheme is 
 
nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
@@ -3085,14 +3085,14 @@ authentication method.

 

 

 
nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key
                                (NMSetting8021x *setting,
                                 const char *key_path,
                                 const char *password,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKScheme scheme,
                                 NMSetting8021xCKFormat *out_format,
-                                GError **error);

+                                GError **error);

 
Private keys are used to authenticate the connecting client to the network
 when EAP-TLS is used as either the "phase 1" or "phase 2" 802.1x
 authentication method.

@@ -3106,7 +3106,7 @@ verify that password
  is correct, and if it is, updates the
 “phase2-private-key-password” property with the given
 password
-.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
+.  If the decryption is unsuccessful, FALSE is returned, error
  is
 set, and no internal data is changed.  If no password
  is given, the private
@@ -3136,14 +3136,14 @@ key password to prevent unauthorized access to unencrypted private key data.

 is set to either NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_PATH or
 NM_SETTING_802_1X_CK_SCHEME_BLOB, pass the path of the "phase2" private
 key file (PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format).  The path must be UTF-8 encoded;
-use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
+use g_filename_to_utf8() to convert if needed.  Passing NULL with any
 scheme
 clears the private key.

 

-
@@ -3168,7 +3168,7 @@ an error is returned.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

+
 TRUE if the operation succeeded, FALSE if it was unsuccessful

 

 
 

@@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ to a file containing the certificate or key data

 
Property Details

 

 
The “altsubject-matches” property

-
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

+
  “altsubject-matches”       GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server. If the list is empty,
 no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

@@ -3564,7 +3564,7 @@ no verification of the server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “anonymous-identity” property

-
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

+
  “anonymous-identity”       gchar *

 
Anonymous identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Used as the
 unencrypted identity with EAP types that support different tunneled
 identity like EAP-TTLS.

@@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ identity like EAP-TTLS.

 

 

 
The “ca-cert” property

-
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

+
  “ca-cert”                  GBytes *

 
Contains the CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified in the
 “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -3592,7 +3592,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “ca-path” property

-
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

+
  “ca-path”                  gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “ca-cert” property.

@@ -3602,7 +3602,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “client-cert” property

-
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

+
  “client-cert”              GBytes *

 
Contains the client certificate if used by the EAP method specified in
 the “eap” property.

 
Certificate data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently
@@ -3618,7 +3618,7 @@ with the string "file://" and ending with a terminating NUL byte.

 

 

 
The “eap” property

-
  “eap”                      GStrv

+
  “eap”                      GStrv

 
The allowed EAP method to be used when authenticating to the network with
 802.1x.  Valid methods are: "leap", "md5", "tls", "peap", "ttls", "pwd",
 and "fast".  Each method requires different configuration using the
@@ -3629,7 +3629,7 @@ allowed combinations.

 

 

 
The “identity” property

-
  “identity”                 gchar *

+
  “identity”                 gchar *

 
Identity string for EAP authentication methods.  Often the user's user or
 login name.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “pac-file” property

-
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

+
  “pac-file”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded file path containing PAC for EAP-FAST.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3646,7 +3646,7 @@ login name.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded password used for EAP authentication methods. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
 property are specified, “password” is preferred.

@@ -3663,7 +3663,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “password-raw” property

-
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

+
  “password-raw”             GBytes *

 
Password used for EAP authentication methods, given as a byte array to
 allow passwords in other encodings than UTF-8 to be used. If both the
 “password” property and the “password-raw”
@@ -3680,7 +3680,7 @@ property are specified, 
 
The “phase1-fast-provisioning” property

-
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

+
  “phase1-fast-provisioning” gchar *

 
Enables or disables in-line provisioning of EAP-FAST credentials when
 FAST is specified as the EAP method in the “eap” property.
 Recognized values are "0" (disabled), "1" (allow unauthenticated
@@ -3693,7 +3693,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peaplabel” property

-
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

+
  “phase1-peaplabel”         gchar *

 
Forces use of the new PEAP label during key derivation.  Some RADIUS
 servers may require forcing the new PEAP label to interoperate with
 PEAPv1.  Set to "1" to force use of the new PEAP label.  See the
@@ -3704,7 +3704,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase1-peapver” property

-
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

+
  “phase1-peapver”           gchar *

 
Forces which PEAP version is used when PEAP is set as the EAP method in
 the “eap” property.  When unset, the version reported by
 the server will be used.  Sometimes when using older RADIUS servers, it
@@ -3717,7 +3717,7 @@ version.

 

 

 
The “phase2-altsubject-matches” property

-
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

+
  “phase2-altsubject-matches” GStrv

 
List of strings to be matched against the altSubjectName of the
 certificate presented by the authentication server during the inner
 "phase 2" authentication. If the list is empty, no verification of the
@@ -3727,7 +3727,7 @@ server certificate's altSubjectName is performed.

 

 

 
The “phase2-auth” property

-
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

+
  “phase2-auth”              gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner non-EAP authentication methods when
 an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized non-EAP "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ authentication; see the wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-autheap” property

-
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-autheap”           gchar *

 
Specifies the allowed "phase 2" inner EAP-based authentication methods
 when an EAP method that uses an inner TLS tunnel is specified in the
 “eap” property.  Recognized EAP-based "phase 2" methods are
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ wpa_supplicant documentation for more details.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-cert” property

-
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

+
  “phase2-ca-cert”           GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" CA certificate if used by the EAP method specified
 in the “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap”
 properties.

@@ -3772,7 +3772,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-ca-path” property

-
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

+
  “phase2-ca-path”           gchar *

 
UTF-8 encoded path to a directory containing PEM or DER formatted
 certificates to be added to the verification chain in addition to the
 certificate specified in the “phase2-ca-cert” property.

@@ -3782,7 +3782,7 @@ certificate specified in the 
 
The “phase2-client-cert” property

-
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-client-cert”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" client certificate if used by the EAP method
 specified in the “phase2-auth” or
 “phase2-autheap” properties.

@@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ but this allows man-in-the-middle attacks and is NOT recommended.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key” property

-
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

+
  “phase2-private-key”       GBytes *

 
Contains the "phase 2" inner private key when the
 “phase2-auth” or “phase2-autheap” property is
 set to "tls".

@@ -3827,7 +3827,7 @@ password used to decode the PKCS#12 private key and certificate.

 

 

 
The “phase2-private-key-password” property

-
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

+
  “phase2-private-key-password” gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the "phase 2" private key specified in the
 “phase2-private-key” property when the private key either
 uses the path scheme, or is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3849,7 +3849,7 @@ function.

 

 

 
The “phase2-subject-match” property

-
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

+
  “phase2-subject-match”     gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server during the inner "phase 2"
 authentication. When unset, no verification of the authentication server
@@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
PIN used for EAP authentication methods.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -3875,7 +3875,7 @@ certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “private-key” property

-
  “private-key”              GBytes *

+
  “private-key”              GBytes *

 
Contains the private key when the “eap” property is set to
 "tls".

 
Key data is specified using a "scheme"; two are currently supported: blob
@@ -3905,7 +3905,7 @@ private key data.

 

 

 
The “private-key-password” property

-
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

+
  “private-key-password”     gchar *

 
The password used to decrypt the private key specified in the
 “private-key” property when the private key either uses the
 path scheme, or if the private key is a PKCS#12 format key.  Setting this
@@ -3926,7 +3926,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
The “subject-match” property

-
  “subject-match”            gchar *

+
  “subject-match”            gchar *

 
Substring to be matched against the subject of the certificate presented
 by the authentication server. When unset, no verification of the
 authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

@@ -3936,8 +3936,8 @@ authentication server certificate's subject is performed.

 

 

 
The “system-ca-certs” property

-
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

-
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
+
  “system-ca-certs”          gboolean

+
When TRUE, overrides the “ca-path” and
 “phase2-ca-path” properties using the system CA directory
 specified at configure time with the --system-ca-path switch.  The
 certificates in this directory are added to the verification chain in
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
index 3b890722..2bf11de2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingAdsl.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -132,23 +132,23 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingAdsl
 

@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_encapsulation (
 

 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi (
 
nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci (NMSettingAdsl *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation” property

-
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

+
  “encapsulation”            gchar *

 
Encapsulation of ADSL connection.  Can be "vcmux" or "llc".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “protocol” property

-
  “protocol”                 gchar *

+
  “protocol”                 gchar *

 
ADSL connection protocol.  Can be "pppoa", "pppoe" or "ipoatm".

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the ADSL service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vci” property

-
  “vci”                      guint

+
  “vci”                      guint

 
VCI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ nm_setting_adsl_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “vpi” property

-
  “vpi”                      guint

+
  “vpi”                      guint

 
VPI of ADSL connection

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Allowed values: <= 65536

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
index dc9095c9..2fff9f80 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBluetooth.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBluetooth
 

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “bdaddr” property

-
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

+
  “bdaddr”                   gchar *

 
The Bluetooth address of the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ NAP (Network Access Point) protocol, which accepts connections via PANU.

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Either "dun" for Dial-Up Networking connections or "panu" for Personal
 Area Networking connections to devices supporting the NAP profile.

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
index edf00c34..8680857d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBond.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+GHashTable *
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBond
 

@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options (NMSettingBond *setting);

 
Returns the number of options that should be set for this bond when it
 is activated. This can be used to retrieve each option individually
@@ -264,9 +264,9 @@ using 
 

 
nm_setting_bond_get_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_get_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
-                            guint32 idx,
+                            guint32 idx,
                             const char **out_name,
                             const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the bonding option at that index.  Indexes
@@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -350,14 +350,14 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_option_by_name (
 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_add_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_add_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                             const char *name,
                             const char *value);

@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ that conflict with each other.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option (NMSettingBond *setting,
                                const char *name);

 
Remove the bonding option referenced by name
@@ -433,14 +433,14 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const char *name,
                                  const char *value);

 
Checks whether name
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_validate_option (const name
 . If value
- is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

+ is NULL, the function only validates the option name.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_eap_methods ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_eap_method ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_eap_method_by_value ()
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_system_ca_certs ()
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_ca_cert ()
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_altsubject_match ()
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_client_cert ()
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_ca_cert_blob ()
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_ca_cert ()
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_num_phase2_altsubject_matches ()
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_add_phase2_altsubject_match ()
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_remove_phase2_altsubject_match_by_value ()
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_client_cert_blob ()
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_client_cert ()
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_password_raw ()
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_private_key_blob ()
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_private_key ()
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_get_phase2_private_key_blob ()
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_802_1x_set_phase2_private_key ()
@@ -581,54 +581,54 @@
 
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *anonymous-identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 eap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *identity
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pac-file
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *password-raw
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase1-fast-provisioning
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peaplabel
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase1-peapver
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 phase2-altsubject-matches
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-auth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-autheap
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-ca-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-ca-path
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-client-cert
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *phase2-private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *phase2-private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *phase2-subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-GBytes *private-key
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *private-key-password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *subject-match
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 system-ca-certs
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
  
 
  
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

   
 

 

 
password
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
+
password used to decrypt the private key, or NULL if the password
 is unknown.  If the password is given but fails to decrypt the private key,
 an error is returned.

  

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vpi ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_adsl_get_vci ()
@@ -115,13 +115,13 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *encapsulation
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *protocol
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vci
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 vpi
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bdaddr
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_num_options ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_get_option ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_add_option ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_remove_option ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bond_validate_option ()
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
 
 

 
-GHashTable *options
 Read / Write
 

@@ -473,10 +473,10 @@ the name
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE, if the value
+
 TRUE, if the value
 is valid for the given name.
 If the name
-is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

+is not a valid option, FALSE will be returned.

 

 
 

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ nm_setting_bond_get_valid_options (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid bond options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ the 
Property Details

 

 
The “options” property

-
  “options”                  GHashTable *

+
  “options”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of bonding options.  Both keys and values
 must be strings. Option names must contain only alphanumeric characters
 (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
index a5286057..3eb490ae 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridge.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridge
 

@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_mac_address (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_stp (
 
nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
                                (NMSettingBridge *setting);

 

@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing-time” property

-
  “ageing-time”              guint

+
  “ageing-time”              guint

 
The Ethernet MAC address aging time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 1000000

@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “forward-delay” property

-
  “forward-delay”            guint

+
  “forward-delay”            guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) forwarding delay, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 30

@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “hello-time” property

-
  “hello-time”               guint

+
  “hello-time”               guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) hello time, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 10

@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping
 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, the MAC address of bridge. When creating a new bridge, this
 MAC address will be set. When matching an existing (outside
 NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “max-age” property

-
  “max-age”                  guint

+
  “max-age”                  guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) maximum message age, in seconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 40

@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ NetworkManager created) bridge, this MAC address must match.

 

 

 
The “multicast-snooping” property

-
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

+
  “multicast-snooping”       gboolean

 
Controls whether IGMP snooping is enabled for this bridge.
 Note that if snooping was automatically disabled due to hash collisions,
 the system may refuse to enable the feature until the collisions are
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ resolved.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
Sets the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority for this bridge.  Lower
 values are "better"; the lowest priority bridge will be elected the root
 bridge.

@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ bridge.

 

 

 
The “stp” property

-
  “stp”                      gboolean

+
  “stp”                      gboolean

 
Controls whether Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled for this bridge.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
index b6aee68e..5c2274fa 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingBridgePort.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingBridgePort
 

@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_new (void<
 

 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority (
 

 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()

-
guint16
+
guint16
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost (
 
nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
                                (NMSettingBridgePort *setting);

 

@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode
 
Property Details

 

 
The “hairpin-mode” property

-
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

+
  “hairpin-mode”             gboolean

 
Enables or disabled "hairpin mode" for the port, which allows frames to
 be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ be sent back out through the port the frame was received on.

 

 

 
The “path-cost” property

-
  “path-cost”                guint

+
  “path-cost”                guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) port cost for destinations via this
 port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ port.

 

 

 
The “priority” property

-
  “priority”                 guint

+
  “priority”                 guint

 
The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) priority of this bridge port.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 63

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
index 18180f06..08b1cc20 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingCdma.html
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingCdma
 

@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ nm_setting_cdma_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
The number to dial to establish the connection to the CDMA-based mobile
 broadband network, if any.  If not specified, the default number (777)
 is used when required.

@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ is used when required.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
index 8c845502..4347ec7f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingConnection.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
@@ -285,30 +285,30 @@
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -318,46 +318,46 @@
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -473,10 +473,10 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingConnectionAutoconnectSlaves
     ╰── NMSettingConnectionLldp
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingConnection
 

@@ -484,8 +484,8 @@
 

 
Description

 
The NMSettingConnection object is a NMSetting subclass that describes
-properties that apply to all NMConnection objects, regardless of what type
-of network connection they describe.  Each NMConnection object must contain
+properties that apply to all NMConnection objects, regardless of what type
+of network connection they describe.  Each NMConnection object must contain
 a NMSettingConnection setting.

 

 

@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_connection_type
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect” property of the connection.

 

@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect (
 
nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “autoconnect-priority” property of the connection.
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ The higher number, the higher priority.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “timestamp” property of the connection.

 

@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the “read-only” property of the connection.

 

@@ -709,13 +709,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_read_only (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is read-only, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 
Returns the number of entires in the “permissions”
@@ -743,9 +743,9 @@ property of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                      guint32 idx,
+                                      guint32 idx,
                                       const char **out_ptype,
                                       const char **out_pitem,
                                       const char **out_detail);

@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

-
+
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ of this setting.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
+
 TRUE if a permission was returned, FALSE if idx
 was invalid

 

 
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_zone (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *uname);

@@ -854,14 +854,14 @@ nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
-FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

+
 TRUE if the requested user is allowed to view this connection,
+FALSE if the given user is not allowed to view this connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                       const char *ptype,
                                       const char *pitem,
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

-
+
@@ -905,8 +905,8 @@ the "user" permission type is supported, and pitem
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if ptype
+
 TRUE if the permission was unique and was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if ptype
 or pitem
 was invalid or it the permission was already
 present in the list

@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ present in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the permission at index idx
  from the connection.

 

@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_permission
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *ptype,
@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ be a username. See 
detail

-

+
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ be a username. See 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the permission was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
 
 

@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *type);

 

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ against setting
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
+
 TRUE if connection is of the given slave type
 

 

 

@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ with the connection.

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1144,7 +1144,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries
 
nm_setting_connection_get_secondary ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                     guint32 idx);

+                                     guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_stp ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_priority ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_forward_delay ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_hello_time ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_max_age ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_ageing_time ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_get_multicast_snooping ()
@@ -125,43 +125,43 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 forward-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 hello-time
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 max-age
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 multicast-snooping
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 stp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_priority ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint16
+guint16
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_path_cost ()
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_bridge_port_get_hairpin_mode ()
@@ -86,17 +86,17 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hairpin-mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 path-cost
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect ()
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_autoconnect_priority ()
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_timestamp ()
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_read_only ()
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_permissions ()
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_permission ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_permissions_user_allowed ()
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_permission ()
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_permission_by_value ()
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_is_slave_type ()
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_num_secondaries ()
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()
@@ -270,12 +270,12 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 autoconnect
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 autoconnect-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 gateway-ping-timeout
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *interface-name
 Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 lldp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *master
 Read / Write
 
Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 permissions
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 read-only
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 secondaries
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *slave-type
 Read / Write
 

 
guint64guint64
 timestamp
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *type
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *uuid
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *zone
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
out_detail
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)
on return, the permission detail (at this time, always NULL)

  
 

 

 
detail
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 
 unused at this time; must be NULL. 

 [allow-none]
 

 

@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_get_secondary (
 

 
nm_setting_connection_add_secondary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                      const char *sec_uuid);

 
Adds a new secondary connetion UUID to the setting.

@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_add_secondary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was added; FALSE if the UUID
 was already present

 

 

@@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the secondary coonnection UUID at index idx
 .

 

@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary
 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting,
                                 const char *sec_uuid);

@@ -1273,13 +1273,13 @@ nm_setting_connection_remove_secondary_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secondary connection UUID was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_connection_get_gateway_ping_timeout
                                (NMSettingConnection *setting);

 

@@ -1576,10 +1576,10 @@ It should only be accessed through the functions described below.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “autoconnect” property

-
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

+
  “autoconnect”              gboolean

 
Whether or not the connection should be automatically connected by
 NetworkManager when the resources for the connection are available.
-TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
+TRUE to automatically activate the connection, FALSE to require manual
 intervention to activate the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ intervention to activate the connection.

 

 

 
The “autoconnect-priority” property

-
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

+
  “autoconnect-priority”     gint

 
The autoconnect priority. If the connection is set to autoconnect,
 connections with higher priority will be preferred. Defaults to 0.
 The higher number means higher priority.

@@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ determine the real value. If it is default as well, this fallbacks to 0.

 

 

 
The “gateway-ping-timeout” property

-
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

+
  “gateway-ping-timeout”     guint

 
If greater than zero, delay success of IP addressing until either the
 timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1623,7 +1623,7 @@ timeout is reached, or an IP gateway replies to a ping.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       gchar *

+
  “id”                       gchar *

 
A human readable unique identifier for the connection, like "Work Wi-Fi"
 or "T-Mobile 3G".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@ or "T-Mobile 3G".

 

 

 
The “interface-name” property

-
  “interface-name”           gchar *

+
  “interface-name”           gchar *

 
The name of the network interface this connection is bound to. If not
 set, then the connection can be attached to any interface of the
 appropriate type (subject to restrictions imposed by other settings).

@@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “lldp” property

-
  “lldp”                     gint

+
  “lldp”                     gint

 
Whether LLDP is enabled for the connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: -1

@@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ connection may be applied to the wrong interface.

 

 

 
The “master” property

-
  “master”                   gchar *

+
  “master”                   gchar *

 
Interface name of the master device or UUID of the master connection.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1676,9 +1676,9 @@ the change takes effect immediately.

 

 

 
The “permissions” property

-
  “permissions”              GStrv

+
  “permissions”              GStrv

 
An array of strings defining what access a given user has to this
-connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
+connection.  If this is NULL or empty, all users are allowed to access
 this connection.  Otherwise a user is allowed to access this connection
 if and only if they are in this list. Each entry is of the form
 "[type]:[id]:[reserved]"; for example, "user:dcbw:blah".

@@ -1692,9 +1692,9 @@ use.  All of [type], [id], and [reserved] must be valid UTF-8.

 

 

 
The “read-only” property

-
  “read-only”                gboolean

-
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
-service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
+
  “read-only”                gboolean

+
FALSE if the connection can be modified using the provided settings
+service's D-Bus interface with the right privileges, or TRUE if the
 connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1702,7 +1702,7 @@ connection is read-only and cannot be modified.

 

 

 
The “secondaries” property

-
  “secondaries”              GStrv

+
  “secondaries”              GStrv

 
List of connection UUIDs that should be activated when the base
 connection itself is activated. Currently only VPN connections are
 supported.

@@ -1711,9 +1711,9 @@ supported.

 

 

 
The “slave-type” property

-
  “slave-type”               gchar *

+
  “slave-type”               gchar *

 
Setting name of the device type of this slave's master connection (eg,
-NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
+NM_SETTING_BOND_SETTING_NAME), or NULL if this connection is not a
 slave.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -1721,7 +1721,7 @@ slave.

 

 

 
The “timestamp” property

-
  “timestamp”                guint64

+
  “timestamp”                guint64

 
The time, in seconds since the Unix Epoch, that the connection was last
 _successfully_ fully activated.

 
NetworkManager updates the connection timestamp periodically when the
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ property will not be preserved).

 

 

 
The “type” property

-
  “type”                     gchar *

+
  “type”                     gchar *

 
Base type of the connection. For hardware-dependent connections, should
 contain the setting name of the hardware-type specific setting (ie,
 "802-3-ethernet" or "802-11-wireless" or "bluetooth", etc), and for
@@ -1746,7 +1746,7 @@ the setting name of that setting type (ie, "vpn" or "bridge", etc).

 

 

 
The “uuid” property

-
  “uuid”                     gchar *

+
  “uuid”                     gchar *

 
A universally unique identifier for the connection, for example generated
 with libuuid.  It should be assigned when the connection is created, and
 never changed as long as the connection still applies to the same
@@ -1757,16 +1757,16 @@ provider, or nm_utils_uuid_generate() or
-nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

+nm_utils_uuid_generate_from_string().

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

 

 

 

 
The “zone” property

-
  “zone”                     gchar *

+
  “zone”                     gchar *

 
The trust level of a the connection.  Free form case-insensitive string
-(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
+(for example "Home", "Work", "Public").  NULL or unspecified zone means
 the connection will be placed in the default zone as defined by the
 firewall.

 
When updating this property on a currently activated connection,
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
index a662d108..365fb9d8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingDcb.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
-
+
@@ -250,7 +250,7 @@
 
-
+
@@ -260,19 +260,19 @@
 
-
+
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -294,19 +294,19 @@
 
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
+GArray *
 
@@ -402,9 +402,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingDcbFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingDcb
 

@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_flags (
 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority (NMSettingDcb *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -634,10 +634,10 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fcoe_priority ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_iscsi_priority ()
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@
 

 

 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_app_fip_priority ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()
@@ -235,12 +235,12 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *app-fcoe-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gintgint
 app-fcoe-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-fip-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 
Read / Write
 

 
gintgint
 app-iscsi-priority
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-flow-control
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 
-GArray *priority-group-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-strict-bandwidth
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GArray *priority-traffic-class
 Read / Write
 

@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
+
 TRUE if flow control is enabled for the given user_priority
 ,
-FALSE if not enabled

+FALSE if not enabled

 

 
 

@@ -673,8 +673,8 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_flow_control
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_flow_control
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean enabled);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean enabled);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-flow-control” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ the 
 

-
+
@@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_flags
 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority);

+                                      guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
enabled
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it
TRUE to enable flow control for this priority, FALSE to disable it

  
 

 

@@ -772,8 +772,8 @@ only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_id (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                      guint user_priority,
-                                      guint group_id);

+                                      guint user_priority,
+                                      guint group_id);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -809,10 +809,10 @@ unrestricted group.

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id);

+                                guint group_id);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -849,8 +849,8 @@ only valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_group_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint group_id,
-                                guint bandwidth_percent);
+                                guint group_id,
+                                guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -885,9 +885,9 @@ to

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority);

+                                       guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -923,8 +923,8 @@ These values are only valid when 
nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth ()

 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_bandwidth (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                       guint user_priority,
-                                       guint bandwidth_percent);

+                                       guint user_priority,
+                                       guint bandwidth_percent);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -960,10 +960,10 @@ allowed to use within its priority group

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -988,9 +988,9 @@ nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_strict_bandwidth
 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if user_priority
+
 TRUE if user_priority
 may use all of the bandwidth allocated to its
-assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
+assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are only valid when
 “priority-group-flags” includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

 
@@ -1000,8 +1000,8 @@ assigned group, or FALSE if not. These values are o
 
void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_strict_bandwidth
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                gboolean strict);

+                                guint user_priority,
+                                gboolean strict);
 
These values are only valid when “priority-group-flags” includes
 the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

 

@@ -1025,9 +1025,9 @@ the 
 

-
+its priority group, or FALSE if not

 
@@ -1037,10 +1037,10 @@ its priority group, or FALSE if not

 

 

 
nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_dcb_get_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority);

+                                guint user_priority);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
strict
TRUE to allow user_priority
+
TRUE to allow user_priority
 to use all the bandwidth allocated to
-its priority group, or FALSE if not
 
 

 

@@ -1077,8 +1077,8 @@ valid when void
 nm_setting_dcb_set_priority_traffic_class
                                (NMSettingDcb *setting,
-                                guint user_priority,
-                                guint traffic_class);
+                                guint user_priority,
+                                guint traffic_class);
 
 
 

@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-mode” property

-
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

+
  “app-fcoe-mode”            gchar *

 
The FCoE controller mode; either NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_FABRIC
 (default) or NM_SETTING_DCB_FCOE_MODE_VN2VN.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fcoe-priority” property

-
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

+
  “app-fcoe-priority”        gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FCoE frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fcoe-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ be any combination of 
 
The “app-fip-priority” property

-
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

+
  “app-fip-priority”         gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which FIP frames should use, or -1 for
 default priority.  Only used when the “app-fip-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ may be any combination of 
 
The “app-iscsi-priority” property

-
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

+
  “app-iscsi-priority”       gint

 
The highest User Priority (0 - 7) which iSCSI frames should use, or -1
 for default priority. Only used when the “app-iscsi-flags”
 property includes the NM_SETTING_DCB_FLAG_ENABLE flag.

@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ property includes the 
 
The “priority-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

+
  “priority-bandwidth”       GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of bandwidth of
 the priority's assigned group that the priority may use.  The sum of all
@@ -1324,7 +1324,7 @@ percent.

 

 

 
The “priority-flow-control” property

-
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

+
  “priority-flow-control”    GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the corresponding
 priority should transmit priority pause.

@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Flags may be any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-group-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the
 Priority Group ID (0 - 7) and the value indicates the percentage of link
 bandwidth allocated to that group.  Allowed values are 0 - 100, and the
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ any combination of 
 
The “priority-group-id” property

-
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

+
  “priority-group-id”        GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the Priority Group ID.  Allowed
 Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ Priority Group ID values are 0 - 7 or 15 for the unrestricted group.

 

 

 
The “priority-strict-bandwidth” property

-
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

+
  “priority-strict-bandwidth” GArray *

 
An array of 8 boolean values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates whether or not the priority may
 use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

@@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ use all of the bandwidth allocated to its assigned group.

 

 

 
The “priority-traffic-class” property

-
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

+
  “priority-traffic-class”   GArray *

 
An array of 8 uint values, where the array index corresponds to the User
 Priority (0 - 7) and the value indicates the traffic class (0 - 7) to
 which the priority is mapped.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
index f1975597..c314fff0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGeneric.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGeneric
 

@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
 optional properties that apply to "generic" devices (ie, devices that
 NetworkManager does not specifically recognize).

 
There are currently no properties on this object; it exists only to be
-the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

+the "connection type" setting on NMConnections for generic devices.

 

 

 
Functions

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
index 50ac79d3..506ac99b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingGsm.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -201,19 +201,19 @@
 
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingGsm
 

@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_pin (
 
nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only (NMSettingGsm *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ nm_setting_gsm_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “apn” property

-
  “apn”                      gchar *

+
  “apn”                      gchar *

 
The GPRS Access Point Name specifying the APN used when establishing a
 data session with the GSM-based network.  The APN often determines how
 the user will be billed for their network usage and whether the user has
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ The APN may only be composed of the characters a-z, 0-9, ., and - per GSM
 

 

 
The “device-id” property

-
  “device-id”                gchar *

+
  “device-id”                gchar *

 
The device unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will only
 apply to the specified device.

@@ -721,8 +721,8 @@ apply to the specified device.

 

 

 
The “home-only” property

-
  “home-only”                gboolean

-
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
+
  “home-only”                gboolean

+
When TRUE, only connections to the home network will be allowed.
 Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ Connections to roaming networks will not be made.

 

 

 
The “network-id” property

-
  “network-id”               gchar *

+
  “network-id”               gchar *

 
The Network ID (GSM LAI format, ie MCC-MNC) to force specific network
 registration.  If the Network ID is specified, NetworkManager will
 attempt to force the device to register only on the specified network.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ roaming control of the device is not otherwise possible.

 

 

 
The “number” property

-
  “number”                   gchar *

+
  “number”                   gchar *

 
Number to dial when establishing a PPP data session with the GSM-based
 mobile broadband network.  Many modems do not require PPP for connections
 to the mobile network and thus this property should be left blank, which
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ allows NetworkManager to select the appropriate settings automatically.

 

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
The password used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a password, or accept any password.  But if a
 password is required, it is specified here.

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ password is required, it is specified here.

 

 

 
The “pin” property

-
  “pin”                      gchar *

+
  “pin”                      gchar *

 
If the SIM is locked with a PIN it must be unlocked before any other
 operations are requested.  Specify the PIN here to allow operation of the
 device.

@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ device.

 

 

 
The “sim-id” property

-
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

+
  “sim-id”                   gchar *

 
The SIM card unique identifier (as given by the WWAN management service)
 which this connection applies to.  If given, the connection will apply
 to any device also allowed by “device-id” which contains a
@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ SIM card matching the given identifier.

 

 

 
The “sim-operator-id” property

-
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

+
  “sim-operator-id”          gchar *

 
A MCC/MNC string like "310260" or "21601" identifying the specific
 mobile network operator which this connection applies to.  If given,
 the connection will apply to any device also allowed by
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ card provisioined by the given operator.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
The username used to authenticate with the network, if required.  Many
 providers do not require a username, or accept any username.  But if a
 username is required, it is specified here.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
index dd9b7c2d..c5c10599 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP4Config.html
@@ -57,14 +57,6 @@
 
 
 

-
-
-
-
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
-
-
-
-

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_gsm_get_home_only ()
@@ -150,36 +150,36 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *apn
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *device-id
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 home-only
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *number
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *password
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *pin
 Read / Write
 

 
-gchar *sim-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *sim-operator-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *username
 Read / Write
 

-int
-
-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
-

 const char *
 
 
@@ -85,21 +77,16 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-client-id
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-fqdn
 Read / Write
 
guintdhcp-timeoutRead / Write

 
 

 

@@ -121,10 +108,6 @@
 
 
 #define
-NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
-
-
-#define
 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN
 
 
@@ -152,7 +135,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -221,43 +204,13 @@ addresses via DHCP.

 

 

 

-
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

-
int
-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout
-                               (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

-
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
-property.

-

-
Parameters

-

-----
-
-
-
-
-
-





setting
the NMSettingIP4Config
 

-

-

-
Returns

-
 the configured DHCP timeout in seconds. 0 = default for
-the particular kind of device.

-

-
Since: 1.2

-

-

-

 
nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_fqdn (NMSettingIP4Config *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-fqdn”
 property.

 

-
Parameters

+
Parameters

 
@@ -272,7 +225,7 @@ property.

 
 

 

 

 

-
Returns

+
Returns

 
 the configured FQDN to send to the DHCP server

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -293,12 +246,6 @@ property.

 

 

 

-
NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT

-
#define NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT       "dhcp-timeout"
-

-

-

-

 
NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_FQDN          "dhcp-fqdn"
 

@@ -352,7 +299,7 @@ through that interface to the default network.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “dhcp-client-id” property

-
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

+
  “dhcp-client-id”           gchar *

 
A string sent to the DHCP server to identify the local machine which the
 DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -361,8 +308,8 @@ DHCP server may use to customize the DHCP lease and options.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-fqdn” property

-
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-fqdn”                gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified FQDN will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease. This
 property and “dhcp-hostname” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -370,14 +317,6 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 
Default value: NULL

 
Since: 1.2

 

-

-

-
The “dhcp-timeout” property

-
  “dhcp-timeout”             guint

-
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

-
Flags: Read / Write

-
Default value: 0

-

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
index 8d733c14..4e26f893 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIP6Config.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 addr-gen-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMSettingIP6ConfigAddrGenMode
     ╰── NMSettingIP6ConfigPrivacy
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ╰── NMSettingIP6Config
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ specified by RFC7217.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addr-gen-mode” property

-
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

+
  “addr-gen-mode”            gint

 
Configure method for creating the address for use with RFC4862 IPv6
 Stateless Address Autoconfiguration. The permitted values are: "eui64",
 "stable-privacy" or unset.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
index 228ff69f..dcfaa740 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPConfig.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_address_equal ()
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_equal ()
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_metric ()
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()
@@ -469,7 +469,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint
+gint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()
@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()
@@ -659,12 +659,28 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()
 
 
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()
+
+
+
+
+gint
+
+
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()
+
+
 
 

 

@@ -679,76 +695,86 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 addresses
 Read / Write
 
 
+gint
+dad-timeout
+Read / Write / Construct
+
+
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 dhcp-hostname
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 dhcp-send-hostname
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+gint
+dhcp-timeout
+Read / Write
+
+
+GStrv
 dns
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 dns-options
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 dns-search
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 gateway
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 ignore-auto-dns
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 ignore-auto-routes
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 may-fail
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 method
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 never-default
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint64
+gint64
 route-metric
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 routes
 Read / Write
 
@@ -765,6 +791,10 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD
 
 
@@ -821,6 +851,14 @@
 
 
 #define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT
+
+
+#define
+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT
+
+
+#define
 NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG
 
 
@@ -880,10 +918,10 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GBoxed
+
    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ╰── NMIPRoute
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPConfig
             ├── NMSettingIP4Config
@@ -908,8 +946,8 @@ related to IP addressing, routing, and Domain Name Service.

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new (int family,
                    const char *addr,
-                   guint prefix,
-                   GError **error);

+                   guint prefix,
+                   GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -938,7 +976,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -946,7 +984,7 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -955,9 +993,9 @@ nm_ip_address_new (int fam
 
nm_ip_address_new_binary ()

 
NMIPAddress *
 nm_ip_address_new_binary (int family,
-                          gconstpointer addr,
-                          guint prefix,
-                          GError **error);

+                          gconstpointer addr,
+                          guint prefix,
+                          GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPAddress object. addr
  must point to a buffer of the
 correct size for family
@@ -989,7 +1027,7 @@ correct size for family
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -997,7 +1035,7 @@ correct size for family
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPAddress object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1049,7 +1087,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_address_equal (NMIPAddress *address,
                      NMIPAddress *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPAddress objects contain the same address and prefix
@@ -1079,7 +1117,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1203,7 +1241,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_address_get_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gpointer addr);

+                                  gpointer addr);

 
Gets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1237,7 +1275,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_address_binary (
nm_ip_address_set_address_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (NMIPAddress *address,
-                                  gconstpointer addr);

+                                  gconstpointer addr);

 
Sets the IP address property of this address object.

 
addr
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for address
@@ -1269,7 +1307,7 @@ nm_ip_address_set_address_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_address_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_address_get_prefix (NMIPAddress *address);

 
Gets the IP address prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) property of this address
 object.

@@ -1298,7 +1336,7 @@ object.

 
nm_ip_address_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_prefix (NMIPAddress *address,
-                          guint prefix);

+                          guint prefix);

 
Sets the IP address prefix property of this address object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1347,14 +1385,14 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names,. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_address_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_address_get_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -1387,7 +1425,7 @@ nm_ip_address_get_attribute (name
 on
 address
-, or NULL if address
+, or NULL if address
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1398,7 +1436,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPAddress *address,
                              const char *name,
-                             GVariant *value);

+                             GVariant *value);

 
Sets or clears the named attribute on address
  to the given value.

 

@@ -1435,10 +1473,10 @@ nm_ip_address_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new (int family,
                  const char *dest,
-                 guint prefix,
+                 guint prefix,
                  const char *next_hop,
-                 gint64 metric,
-                 GError **error);

+                 gint64 metric,
+                 GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1467,7 +1505,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
next_hop

-
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1477,7 +1515,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1485,7 +1523,7 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1494,14 +1532,14 @@ nm_ip_route_new (int famil
 
nm_ip_route_new_binary ()

 
NMIPRoute *
 nm_ip_route_new_binary (int family,
-                        gconstpointer dest,
-                        guint prefix,
-                        gconstpointer next_hop,
-                        gint64 metric,
-                        GError **error);

+                        gconstpointer dest,
+                        guint prefix,
+                        gconstpointer next_hop,
+                        gint64 metric,
+                        GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMIPRoute object. dest
  and next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must
+ (if non-NULL) must
 point to buffers of the correct size for family
 .

 

@@ -1531,7 +1569,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
next_hop

-
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

+
 the IP address of the next hop (or NULL). 

 [allow-none]
 
 
@@ -1541,7 +1579,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1549,7 +1587,7 @@ point to buffers of the correct size for family
 

 
Returns

-
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

+
 the new NMIPRoute object, or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -1601,7 +1639,7 @@ reaches zero, the object will be destroyed.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_equal ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_equal (NMIPRoute *route,
                    NMIPRoute *other);

 
Determines if two NMIPRoute objects contain the same destination, prefix,
@@ -1631,7 +1669,7 @@ to.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

+
 TRUE if the objects contain the same values, FALSE if they do not.

 

 

 

@@ -1755,7 +1793,7 @@ have a valid address, use 
nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gpointer dest);

+                             gpointer dest);

 
Gets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1789,7 +1827,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_dest_binary (
nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                             gconstpointer dest);

+                             gconstpointer dest);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
dest
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1821,7 +1859,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_dest_binary (
 
nm_ip_route_get_prefix ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_ip_route_get_prefix (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the IP prefix (ie "24" or "30" etc) of this route.

 

@@ -1849,7 +1887,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_prefix (
nm_ip_route_set_prefix ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_prefix (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        guint prefix);

+                        guint prefix);

 
Sets the prefix property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1879,7 +1917,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_prefix (
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop ()

 
const char *
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop (NMIPRoute *route);

-
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
+
Gets the IP address of the next hop of this route; this will be NULL if the
 route has no next hop.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1898,7 +1936,7 @@ route has no next hop.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

+
 the IP address of the next hop, or NULL if this is a device route.

 

 

 

@@ -1909,7 +1947,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop (const char *next_hop);

 
Sets the next-hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
+ (if non-NULL) must be a valid address of route
 's family. If you
 aren't sure you have a valid address, use nm_utils_ipaddr_valid() to check
 it.

@@ -1939,9 +1977,9 @@ it.

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gpointer next_hop);

+                                 gpointer next_hop);

 
Gets the next hop property of this route object.

 
next_hop
  must point to a buffer that is the correct size for route
@@ -1971,8 +2009,8 @@ nm_ip_route_get_next_hop_binary (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if route
-has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
+
 TRUE if route
+has a next hop, FALSE if not (in which case
 next_hop
 will be zeroed out)

 

@@ -1982,10 +2020,10 @@ will be zeroed out)

 
nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (NMIPRoute *route,
-                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

+                                 gconstpointer next_hop);

 
Sets the destination property of this route object.

 
next_hop
- (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
+ (if non-NULL) must point to a buffer that is the correct size for
 route
 's family.

 
[skip]

@@ -2015,7 +2053,7 @@ nm_ip_route_set_next_hop_binary (
 

 
nm_ip_route_get_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_ip_route_get_metric (NMIPRoute *route);

 
Gets the route metric property of this route object; lower values
 indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
@@ -2045,7 +2083,7 @@ indicate "better" or more preferred routes; -1 indicates "default"
 
nm_ip_route_set_metric ()

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_metric (NMIPRoute *route,
-                        gint64 metric);

+                        gint64 metric);

 
Sets the metric property of this route object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2094,14 +2132,14 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute_names (
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of attribute names. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_ip_route_get_attribute ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_ip_route_get_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name);

 
Gets the value of the attribute with name name
@@ -2134,7 +2172,7 @@ nm_ip_route_get_attribute (name
 on
 route
-, or NULL if route
+, or NULL if route
 has no such attribute. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -2145,7 +2183,7 @@ has no such attribute. 

 
void
 nm_ip_route_set_attribute (NMIPRoute *route,
                            const char *name,
-                           GVariant *value);

+                           GVariant *value);

 
Sets the named attribute on route
  to the given value.

 

@@ -2206,7 +2244,7 @@ methods available with each type.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2265,7 +2303,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns (
 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                               const char *dns);

 
Adds a new DNS server to the setting.

@@ -2293,7 +2331,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
+
 TRUE if the DNS server was added; FALSE if the server was already
 known

 

 

@@ -2331,7 +2369,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns);

@@ -2361,7 +2399,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS server was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -2389,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_searches
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2449,7 +2487,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_search (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_search);

 
Adds a new DNS search domain to the setting.

@@ -2477,7 +2515,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_search (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was added; FALSE if the search
 domain was already known

 

 

@@ -2516,7 +2554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_search);

@@ -2546,7 +2584,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_search_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS search domain was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 
Since 0.9.10

 

 

@@ -2576,7 +2614,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_searches
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2603,7 +2641,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_dns_options
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_has_dns_options (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
NMSettingIPConfig can have a list of dns-options. If the list
 is empty, there are two similar (but differentiated) states.
@@ -2635,7 +2673,7 @@ a default configuration, while the former explicitly means "no-options".

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                     guint idx);

+                                     guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2668,10 +2706,10 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns_option (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option ()

-
gint
+
gint
 nm_setting_ip_config_next_valid_dns_option
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                guint idx);

+                                guint idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2705,7 +2743,7 @@ DNS option, or -1 if no valid option is found

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                      const char *dns_option);

 
Adds a new DNS option to the setting.

@@ -2733,7 +2771,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_add_dns_option (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was added; FALSE otherwise

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

@@ -2773,7 +2811,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 const char *dns_option);

@@ -2803,7 +2841,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the DNS option was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -2813,7 +2851,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_dns_option_by_value
 
void
 nm_setting_ip_config_clear_dns_options
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
-                                gboolean is_set);

+                                gboolean is_set);
 
Removes all configured DNS options.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2843,7 +2881,7 @@ Specify how to clear the options.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_addresses
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

@@ -2904,7 +2942,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_address ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_address (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                   NMIPAddress *address);

 
Adds a new IP address and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -2933,7 +2971,7 @@ given address is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
+
 TRUE if the address was added; FALSE if the address was already
 known.

 

 

@@ -2971,7 +3009,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPAddress *address);

@@ -3001,7 +3039,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_address_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3049,13 +3087,13 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_gateway (
 
Returns

 
 the IP address of the gateway associated with this configuration, or
-NULL.

+NULL.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_num_routes (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -3115,7 +3153,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_get_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_add_route ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_add_route (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

 
Adds a new route and associated information to the setting.  The
@@ -3144,7 +3182,7 @@ given route is duplicated internally and is not changed by this function.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

+
 TRUE if the route was added; FALSE if the route was already known.

 

 

 

@@ -3181,7 +3219,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting,
                                 NMIPRoute *route);

@@ -3211,7 +3249,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_remove_route_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the route was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -3239,7 +3277,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_config_clear_routes (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric ()

-
gint64
+
gint64
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_route_metric (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “route-metric”
 property.

@@ -3267,7 +3305,7 @@ specify a metric. See 
 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_routes
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-routes”
@@ -3289,14 +3327,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) routes should be
 ignored.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_ignore_auto_dns
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “ignore-auto-dns”
@@ -3318,7 +3356,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
+
 TRUE if automatically configured (ie via DHCP) DNS information
 should be ignored.

 

 
@@ -3353,7 +3391,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_send_hostname
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-send-hostname”
@@ -3375,7 +3413,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
+
 TRUE if NetworkManager should send the machine hostname to the
 DHCP server when requesting addresses to allow the server to automatically
 update DNS information for this machine.

 

@@ -3383,7 +3421,7 @@ update DNS information for this machine.

 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_never_default
                                (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “never-default”
@@ -3405,14 +3443,14 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
+
 TRUE if this connection should never be the default
 connection

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_config_get_may_fail (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

 
Returns the value contained in the “may-fail”
 property.

@@ -3433,14 +3471,75 @@ property.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
+
 TRUE if this connection doesn't require this type of IP
 addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 
+

+

+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the “dad-timeout” property.

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

+
nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout ()

+
gint
+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout (NMSettingIPConfig *setting);

+
Returns the value contained in the “dhcp-timeout”
+property.

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingIPConfig
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 the configured DHCP timeout in seconds. 0 = default for
+the particular kind of device.

+

+
Since: 1.2

+

 

 

 
Types and Values

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX     30000
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD

 
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_METHOD             "method"
 

@@ -3525,6 +3624,18 @@ addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 

 

 

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT        "dad-timeout"
+

+

+

+

+
NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT

+
#define NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT       "dhcp-timeout"
+

+

+

+

 
NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG

 
#define NM_SETTING_DNS_OPTION_DEBUG                     "debug"
 

@@ -3612,16 +3723,31 @@ addressing to complete for the connection to succeed.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “addresses” property

-
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

+
  “addresses”                GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP addresses.

 
Element-Type: NMIPAddress

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

+
The “dad-timeout” property

+
  “dad-timeout”              gint

+
Timeout in milliseconds used to check for the presence of duplicate IP
+addresses on the network.  If an address conflict is detected, the
+activation will fail.  A zero value means that no duplicate address
+detection is performed, -1 means the default value (either configuration
+ipvx.dad-timeout override or 3 seconds).  A value greater than zero is a
+timeout in milliseconds.

+
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

+
Allowed values: [-1,30000]

+
Default value: -1

+
Since: 1.2

+

+

+

 
The “dhcp-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

-
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
+
  “dhcp-hostname”            gchar *

+
If the “dhcp-send-hostname” property is TRUE, then the
 specified name will be sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 This property and “dhcp-fqdn” are mutually exclusive and
 cannot be set at the same time.

@@ -3631,28 +3757,37 @@ cannot be set at the same time.

 

 

 
The “dhcp-send-hostname” property

-
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

-
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
+
  “dhcp-send-hostname”       gboolean

+
If TRUE, a hostname is sent to the DHCP server when acquiring a lease.
 Some DHCP servers use this hostname to update DNS databases, essentially
 providing a static hostname for the computer.  If the
-“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
-TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

+“dhcp-hostname” property is NULL and this property is
+TRUE, the current persistent hostname of the computer is sent.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

+
The “dhcp-timeout” property

+
  “dhcp-timeout”             gint

+
A timeout for a DHCP transaction in seconds.

+
Flags: Read / Write

+
Allowed values: >= 0

+
Default value: 0

+

+

+

 
The “dns” property

-
  “dns”                      GStrv

+
  “dns”                      GStrv

 
Array of IP addresses of DNS servers.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “dns-options” property

-
  “dns-options”              GStrv

+
  “dns-options”              GStrv

 
Array of DNS options.

-
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
+
NULL means that the options are unset and left at the default.
 In this case NetworkManager will use default options. This is
 distinct from an empty list of properties.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3661,14 +3796,14 @@ distinct from an empty list of properties.

 

 

 
The “dns-search” property

-
  “dns-search”               GStrv

+
  “dns-search”               GStrv

 
Array of DNS search domains.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “gateway” property

-
  “gateway”                  gchar *

+
  “gateway”                  gchar *

 
The gateway associated with this configuration. This is only meaningful
 if “addresses” is also set.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -3677,9 +3812,9 @@ if 
 

 
The “ignore-auto-dns” property

-
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-dns”          gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
+TRUE, automatically configured nameservers and search domains are
 ignored and only nameservers and search domains specified in the
 “dns” and “dns-search” properties, if
 any, are used.

@@ -3689,9 +3824,9 @@ any, are used.

 

 

 
The “ignore-auto-routes” property

-
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

+
  “ignore-auto-routes”       gboolean

 
When “method” is set to "auto" and this property to
-TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
+TRUE, automatically configured routes are ignored and only routes
 specified in the “routes” property, if any, are used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -3699,12 +3834,12 @@ specified in the 
 
The “may-fail” property

-
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
+
  “may-fail”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow overall network configuration to proceed even if the
 configuration specified by this property times out.  Note that at least
 one IP configuration must succeed or overall network configuration will
 still fail.  For example, in IPv6-only networks, setting this property to
-TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
+TRUE on the NMSettingIP4Config allows the overall network configuration
 to succeed if IPv4 configuration fails but IPv6 configuration completes
 successfully.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3713,7 +3848,7 @@ successfully.

 

 

 
The “method” property

-
  “method”                   gchar *

+
  “method”                   gchar *

 
IP configuration method.

 
NMSettingIP4Config and NMSettingIP6Config both support "auto",
 "manual", and "link-local". See the subclass-specific documentation for
@@ -3731,8 +3866,8 @@ configuration.  The 
 
The “never-default” property

-
  “never-default”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
+
  “never-default”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, this connection will never be the default connection for this
 IP type, meaning it will never be assigned the default route by
 NetworkManager.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -3741,7 +3876,7 @@ NetworkManager.

 

 

 
The “route-metric” property

-
  “route-metric”             gint64

+
  “route-metric”             gint64

 
The default metric for routes that don't explicitly specify a metric.
 The default value -1 means that the metric is choosen automatically
 based on the device type.
@@ -3759,7 +3894,7 @@ For IPv4, zero is a regular value for the metric.

 

 

 
The “routes” property

-
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

+
  “routes”                   GPtrArray *

 
Array of IP routes.

 
Element-Type: NMIPRoute

 
Flags: Read / Write

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
index 795afe74..84bd6fe0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingIPTunnel.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()
@@ -153,67 +153,67 @@
 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 encapsulation-limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 flow-label
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 input-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 local
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 output-key
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 path-mtu-discovery
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 remote
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingIPTunnel
 

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_remote (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “ttl” property of the setting.

 

@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “tos” property of the setting.

 

@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_path_mtu_discovery
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “path-mtu-discovery” property of the setting.

@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_output_key (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
                                (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “encapsulation-limit” property of the setting.

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_encapsulation_limit
 

 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “flow-label” property of the setting.

 

@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_flow_label (
 

 
nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (NMSettingIPTunnel *setting);

 
Returns the “mtu” property of the setting.

 

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ nm_setting_ip_tunnel_get_mtu (
Property Details

 

 
The “encapsulation-limit” property

-
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

+
  “encapsulation-limit”      guint

 
How many additional levels of encapsulation are permitted to be prepended
 to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ to packets. This property applies only to IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “flow-label” property

-
  “flow-label”               guint

+
  “flow-label”               guint

 
The flow label to assign to tunnel packets. This property applies only to
 IPv6 tunnels.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ IPv6 tunnels.

 

 

 
The “input-key” property

-
  “input-key”                gchar *

+
  “input-key”                gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel input packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -750,7 +750,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
The local endpoint of the tunnel; the value can be empty, otherwise it
 must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The tunneling mode, for example NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP or
 NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_GRE.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -770,14 +770,14 @@ must contain an IPv4 or IPv6 address.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

 

 

 

 
The “output-key” property

-
  “output-key”               gchar *

+
  “output-key”               gchar *

 
The key used for tunnel output packets; the property is valid only for
 certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ certain tunnel modes (GRE, IP6GRE). If empty, no key is used.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 the new device will be bound to so that tunneled packets will only be
 routed via that interface.

@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “path-mtu-discovery” property

-
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

+
  “path-mtu-discovery”       gboolean

 
Whether to enable Path MTU Discovery on this tunnel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ routed via that interface.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
The remote endpoint of the tunnel; the value must contain an IPv4 or IPv6
 address.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ address.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
The type of service (IPv4) or traffic class (IPv6) field to be set on
 tunneled packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ tunneled packets.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
The TTL to assign to tunneled packets. 0 is a special value meaning that
 packets inherit the TTL value.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
index 985657f0..ee15ef18 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingInfiniband.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()
@@ -107,29 +107,29 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 mac-address
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gint
+gint
 p-key
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 transport-mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingInfiniband
 

@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_mac_address (
 
nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_infiniband_get_mtu (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_infiniband_get_virtual_interface_name
                                (NMSettingInfiniband *setting);

 
Returns the interface name created by combining “parent”
 and “p-key”. (If either property is unset, this will
-return NULL.)

+return NULL.)

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ return NULL.)

 
Returns

-
 the interface name, or NULL

+
 the interface name, or NULL

 

@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ return NULL.)
Property Details

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the IPoIB device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple frames.

 

 

 
The “p-key” property

-
  “p-key”                    gint

+
  “p-key”                    gint

 
The InfiniBand P_Key to use for this device. A value of -1 means to use
 the default P_Key (aka "the P_Key at index 0").  Otherwise it is a 16-bit
 unsigned integer, whose high bit is set if it is a "full membership"
@@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ P_Key.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

-
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
+
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
The interface name of the parent device of this device. Normally NULL,
 but if the “p_key” property is set, then you must
 specify the base device by setting either this property or
 “mac-address”.

@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ specify the base device by setting either this property or
 

 

 
The “transport-mode” property

-
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

+
  “transport-mode”           gchar *

 
The IP-over-InfiniBand transport mode. Either "datagram" or
 "connected".

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
index c96ffbb4..da936350 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingMacvlan.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
-
+
-
+
@@ -153,9 +153,9 @@
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingMacvlanMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingMacvlan
 

@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_mode (
 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous (
 

 
nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (NMSettingMacvlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap (
Property Details

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The macvlan mode, which specifies the communication mechanism between multiple
 macvlans on the same lower device.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ macvlans on the same lower device.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this MAC-VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “promiscuous” property

-
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

+
  “promiscuous”              gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be put in promiscuous mode.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ with a 
 

 
The “tap” property

-
  “tap”                      gboolean

+
  “tap”                      gboolean

 
Whether the interface should be a MACVTAP.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
index df0c5bf8..c930ede2 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingOlpcMesh.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+GBytes *
 
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

@@ -158,10 +158,25 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

-
Returns

+
Parameters

+

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_promiscuous ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_macvlan_get_tap ()
@@ -93,23 +93,23 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 promiscuous
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 tap
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid ()
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()
@@ -85,19 +85,19 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *dhcp-anycast-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+





setting
the NMSettingOlpcMesh
 

+

+

+
Returns

 
. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -169,7 +184,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_ssid (
 

 
nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_channel (NMSettingOlpcMesh *setting);

 

 

@@ -210,7 +225,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 
Property Details

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Channel on which the mesh network to join is located.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -218,7 +233,7 @@ nm_setting_olpc_mesh_get_dhcp_anycast_address
 

 

 
The “dhcp-anycast-address” property

-
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

+
  “dhcp-anycast-address”     gchar *

 
Anycast DHCP MAC address used when requesting an IP address via DHCP.
 The specific anycast address used determines which DHCP server class
 answers the request.

@@ -228,7 +243,7 @@ answers the request.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the mesh network to join.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
index a9eb83f6..6c9b58ac 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPpp.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()
@@ -207,92 +207,92 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 crtscts
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 lcp-echo-failure
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 lcp-echo-interval
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 mppe-stateful
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mru
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 no-vj-comp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 noauth
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nobsdcomp
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 nodeflate
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-chap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-eap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-mschap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-mschapv2
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 refuse-pap
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 require-mppe
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 require-mppe-128
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ that require PPP to deliver IP capability

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPpp
 

@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_noauth (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_eap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_pap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_chap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschap (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_refuse_mschapv2 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nobsdcomp (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_nodeflate (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_no_vj_comp (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_require_mppe_128 (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mppe_stateful (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_crtscts (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_baud ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mru ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mru (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_failure (
 

 
nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (NMSettingPpp *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ nm_setting_ppp_get_lcp_echo_interval (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to set the serial port to the specified
 baudrate.  This value should normally be left as 0 to automatically
 choose the speed.

@@ -993,17 +993,17 @@ choose the speed.

 

 

 
The “crtscts” property

-
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

-
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
+
  “crtscts”                  gboolean

+
If TRUE, specify that pppd should set the serial port to use hardware
 flow control with RTS and CTS signals.  This value should normally be set
-to FALSE.

+to FALSE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-failure” property

-
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

+
  “lcp-echo-failure”         guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to presume the connection to the peer has
 failed if the specified number of LCP echo-requests go unanswered by the
 peer.  The "lcp-echo-interval" property must also be set to a non-zero
@@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ value if this property is used.

 

 

 
The “lcp-echo-interval” property

-
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

+
  “lcp-echo-interval”        guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send an LCP echo-request frame to the peer
 every n seconds (where n is the specified value).  Note that some PPP
 peers will respond to echo requests and some will not, and it is not
@@ -1025,8 +1025,8 @@ possible to autodetect this.

 

 

 
The “mppe-stateful” property

-
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
+
  “mppe-stateful”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, stateful MPPE is used.  See pppd documentation for more
 information on stateful MPPE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ information on stateful MPPE.

 

 

 
The “mru” property

-
  “mru”                      guint

+
  “mru”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to request that the peer send packets no
 larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 128 and 16384.

@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ larger than the specified size.  If non-zero, the MRU should be between
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, instruct pppd to send packets no larger than the specified
 size.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1054,82 +1054,82 @@ size.

 

 

 
The “no-vj-comp” property

-
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

+
  “no-vj-comp”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, Van Jacobsen TCP header compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “noauth” property

-
  “noauth”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
-authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
-from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

+
  “noauth”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, do not require the other side (usually the PPP server) to
+authenticate itself to the client.  If FALSE, require authentication
+from the remote side.  In almost all cases, this should be TRUE.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

 

 

 

 
The “nobsdcomp” property

-
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

+
  “nobsdcomp”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, BSD compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “nodeflate” property

-
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

-
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

+
  “nodeflate”                gboolean

+
If TRUE, "deflate" compression will not be requested.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-chap” property

-
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

-
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-chap”              gboolean

+
If TRUE, the CHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-eap” property

-
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-eap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the EAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschap” property

-
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschap”            gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-mschapv2” property

-
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

-
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-mschapv2”          gboolean

+
If TRUE, the MSCHAPv2 authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “refuse-pap” property

-
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

-
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

+
  “refuse-pap”               gboolean

+
If TRUE, the PAP authentication method will not be used.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

 

 

 
The “require-mppe” property

-
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

-
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
+
  “require-mppe”             gboolean

+
If TRUE, MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be required for
 the PPP session.  If either 64-bit or 128-bit MPPE is not available the
 session will fail.  Note that MPPE is not used on mobile broadband
 connections.

@@ -1139,10 +1139,10 @@ connections.

 

 

 
The “require-mppe-128” property

-
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

-
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
+
  “require-mppe-128”         gboolean

+
If TRUE, 128-bit MPPE (Microsoft Point-to-Point Encrpytion) will be
 required for the PPP session, and the "require-mppe" property must also
-be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

+be set to TRUE.  If 128-bit MPPE is not available the session will fail.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
index 232cb5b4..d114a589 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingPppoe.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 username
 Read / Write
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingPppoe
 

@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
Property Details

 

 
The “password” property

-
  “password”                 gchar *

+
  “password”                 gchar *

 
Password used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ nm_setting_pppoe_get_password_flags (
 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
If specified, instruct PPPoE to only initiate sessions with access
 concentrators that provide the specified service.  For most providers,
 this should be left blank.  It is only required if there are multiple
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ access concentrators or a specific service is known to be required.

 

 

 
The “username” property

-
  “username”                 gchar *

+
  “username”                 gchar *

 
Username used to authenticate with the PPPoE service.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
index 41240d6b..48bddea7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingSerial.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 
 
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()
@@ -103,12 +103,12 @@ serial communications

 
 
 
-guint
+guint
 baud
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 bits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ serial communications

 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint64
+guint64
 send-delay
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 stopbits
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@ serial communications

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingSerialParity
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingSerial
 

@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_baud ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_baud (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_baud (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_bits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_bits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_parity (
 
nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_stopbits (
 

 
nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay ()

-
guint64
+
guint64
 nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (NMSettingSerial *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ nm_setting_serial_get_send_delay (
Property Details

 

 
The “baud” property

-
  “baud”                     guint

+
  “baud”                     guint

 
Speed to use for communication over the serial port.  Note that this
 value usually has no effect for mobile broadband modems as they generally
 ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “bits” property

-
  “bits”                     guint

+
  “bits”                     guint

 
Byte-width of the serial communication. The 8 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: [5,8]

@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “send-delay” property

-
  “send-delay”               guint64

+
  “send-delay”               guint64

 
Time to delay between each byte sent to the modem, in microseconds.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: 0

@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ignore speed settings and use the highest available speed.

 

 

 
The “stopbits” property

-
  “stopbits”                 guint

+
  “stopbits”                 guint

 
Number of stop bits for communication on the serial port.  Either 1 or 2.
 The 1 in "8n1" for example.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
index 56fd8330..9fc4ac4e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeam.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeam
 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_setting_team_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team network interface.  The property
 should contain raw JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because
 the value is passed directly to teamd. If not specified, the default
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
index 77e59635..9e8c0c0e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTeamPort.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 config
 Read / Write
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTeamPort
 

@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ nm_setting_team_port_get_config (
Property Details

 

 
The “config” property

-
  “config”                   gchar *

+
  “config”                   gchar *

 
The JSON configuration for the team port. The property should contain raw
 JSON configuration data suitable for teamd, because the value is passed
 directly to teamd. If not specified, the default configuration is
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
index b6be30d1..46054e5e 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingTun.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 mode
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 multi-queue
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 owner
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 pi
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 vnet-hdr
 Read / Write
 
@@ -187,9 +187,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMSettingTunMode
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingTun
 

@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_group (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_pi ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_pi (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_pi (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_vnet_hdr (
 
nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (NMSettingTun *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ nm_setting_tun_get_multi_queue (
Property Details

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    gchar *

-
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “group”                    gchar *

+
The group ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     guint

+
  “mode”                     guint

 
The operating mode of the virtual device. Allowed values are
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TUN to create a layer 3 device and
 NM_SETTING_TUN_MODE_TAP to create an Ethernet-like layer 2
@@ -478,8 +478,8 @@ one.

 

 

 
The “multi-queue” property

-
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

-
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
+
  “multi-queue”              gboolean

+
If the property is set to TRUE, the interface will support
 multiple file descriptors (queues) to parallelize packet
 sending or receiving. Otherwise, the interface will only
 support a single queue.

@@ -490,8 +490,8 @@ support a single queue.

 

 

 
The “owner” property

-
  “owner”                    gchar *

-
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
+
  “owner”                    gchar *

+
The user ID which will own the device. If set to NULL everyone
 will be able to use the device.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -500,8 +500,8 @@ will be able to use the device.

 

 

 
The “pi” property

-
  “pi”                       gboolean

-
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
+
  “pi”                       gboolean

+
If TRUE the interface will prepend a 4 byte header describing the
 physical interface to the packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -510,8 +510,8 @@ physical interface to the packets.

 

 

 
The “vnet-hdr” property

-
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

-
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
+
  “vnet-hdr”                 gboolean

+
If TRUE the IFF_VNET_HDR the tunnel packets will include a virtio
 network header.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: FALSE

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
index ecb33d1e..e49a1e50 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVlan.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 
 
 
-gint32
+gint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
 
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 egress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
@@ -163,18 +163,18 @@
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-guint
+guint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 ingress-priority-map
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -226,11 +226,11 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMVlanPriorityMap
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ╰── NMVlanFlags
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVlan
 

@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_id ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_id (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_id (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_flags ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (NMSettingVlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_get_flags (
 
nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities ()

-
gint32
+
gint32
 nm_setting_vlan_get_num_priorities (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                     NMVlanPriorityMap map);

 
Returns the number of entires in the
@@ -372,12 +372,12 @@ properties of this setting.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_get_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_get_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 idx,
-                              guint32 *out_from,
-                              guint32 *out_to);

+                              guint32 idx,
+                              guint32 *out_from,
+                              guint32 *out_to);

 
Retrieve one of the entries of the “ingress_priority_map”
 or “egress_priority_map” properties of this setting.

 

@@ -419,17 +419,17 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if a priority map was returned, FALSE if error

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                               NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                              guint32 from,
-                              guint32 to);

+                              guint32 from,
+                              guint32 to);

 
Adds a priority mapping to the “ingress_priority_map” or
 “egress_priority_map” properties of the setting. If from
  is
@@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
-list, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the new priority mapping was successfully added to the
+list, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ list, FALSE if error

 
void
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                  NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                 guint32 idx);

+                                 guint32 idx);

 
Removes the priority map at index idx
  from the
 “ingress_priority_map” or “egress_priority_map”
@@ -528,12 +528,12 @@ properties.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
-                                guint32 from,
-                                guint32 to);

+                                guint32 from,
+                                guint32 to);

 
Removes the priority map form
 :to
  from the “ingress_priority_map”
@@ -576,13 +576,13 @@ to

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_remove_priority_str_by_value
                                (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                 NMVlanPriorityMap map,
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ properties.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the priority mapping was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ nm_setting_vlan_clear_priorities (
 

 
nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vlan_add_priority_str (NMSettingVlan *setting,
                                   NMVlanPriorityMap map,
                                   const char *str);

@@ -694,8 +694,8 @@ the Linux SKB priorities to 802.1p priorities.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
-overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

+
 TRUE if the entry was successfully added to the list, or it
+overwrote the old value, FALSE if error

 

 

 

@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ to 802.1p priorities used in VLANs.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “egress-priority-map” property

-
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

+
  “egress-priority-map”      GStrv

 
For outgoing packets, a list of mappings from Linux SKB priorities to
 802.1p priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where
 both "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -849,9 +849,9 @@ is still considered as 0.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
The VLAN identifier that the interface created by this connection should
-be assigned.

+be assigned. The valid range is from 0 to 4094, without the reserved id 4095.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 4095

 
Default value: 0

@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ be assigned.

 

 

 
The “ingress-priority-map” property

-
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

+
  “ingress-priority-map”     GStrv

 
For incoming packets, a list of mappings from 802.1p priorities to Linux
 SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 "from" and "to" are unsigned integers, ie "7:3".

@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ SKB priorities.  The mapping is given in the format "from:to" where both
 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID
 from which this VLAN interface should be created.  If this property is
 not specified, the connection must contain an NMSettingWired setting
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
index a3413677..64cf31cb 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVpn.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()
@@ -179,35 +179,35 @@
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 data
 Read / Write
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 persistent
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-GHashTable *
+GHashTable *
 secrets
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service-type
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 timeout
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 user-name
 Read / Write
 
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVpn
 

@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ properties.

 
void
 (*NMVpnIterFunc) (const char *key,
                   const char *value,
-                  gpointer user_data);

+                  gpointer user_data);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_user_name (
 
nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_persistent (
 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_data_items (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of key/value pairs of VPN configuration data.

 

@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                  const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the data item was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_data_item (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_data_item (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                   NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                                  gpointer user_data);

+                                  gpointer user_data);

 
Iterates all data items stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify data items inside func
 , though any additions or removals made
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ during iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_num_secrets (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 
Gets number of VPN plugin specific secrets in the setting.

 

@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ by 
 
nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                               const char *key);

 
Deletes a key/value relationship previously established by
@@ -709,8 +709,8 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
-FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the secret was found and removed from the internal list,
+FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_remove_secret (void
 nm_setting_vpn_foreach_secret (NMSettingVpn *setting,
                                NMVpnIterFunc func,
-                               gpointer user_data);
+                               gpointer user_data);
 
Iterates all secrets stored in this setting.  It is safe to add, remove,
 and modify secrets inside func
 , though any additions or removals made during
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ iteration will not be part of the iteration.

 

 

 
nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (NMSettingVpn *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ nm_setting_vpn_get_timeout (
Property Details

 

 
The “data” property

-
  “data”                     GHashTable *

+
  “data”                     GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific data.  Both keys and
 values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -837,8 +837,8 @@ values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “persistent” property

-
  “persistent”               gboolean

-
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
+
  “persistent”               gboolean

+
If the VPN service supports persistence, and this property is TRUE,
 the VPN will attempt to stay connected across link changes and outages,
 until explicitly disconnected.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ until explicitly disconnected.

 

 

 
The “secrets” property

-
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

+
  “secrets”                  GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of VPN plugin specific secrets like
 passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 
Type: GHashTable(utf8,utf8)

@@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ passwords or private keys.  Both keys and values must be strings.

 

 

 
The “service-type” property

-
  “service-type”             gchar *

+
  “service-type”             gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the VPN plugin that this setting uses to connect to
 its network.  i.e. org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.vpnc for the vpnc
 plugin.

@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ plugin.

 

 

 
The “timeout” property

-
  “timeout”                  guint

+
  “timeout”                  guint

 
Timeout for the VPN service to establish the connection. Some services
 may take quite a long time to connect.
 Value of 0 means a default timeout, which is 60 seconds (unless overriden
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ timeout in seconds.

 

 

 
The “user-name” property

-
  “user-name”                gchar *

+
  “user-name”                gchar *

 
If the VPN connection requires a user name for authentication, that name
 should be provided here.  If the connection is available to more than one
 user, and the VPN requires each user to supply a different name, then
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
index 5e5d0c60..87cde4ac 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingVxlan.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingVxlan
 

@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_parent (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_remote (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()

-
guint
+
guint
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning (
 

 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss (
 
nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (NMSettingVxlan *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -902,17 +902,16 @@ nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss (
Property Details

 

 
The “ageing” property

-
  “ageing”                   guint

+
  “ageing”                   guint

 
Specifies the lifetime in seconds of FDB entries learnt by the kernel.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

-
Allowed values: <= G_MAXINT

 
Default value: 300

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
The “destination-port” property

-
  “destination-port”         guint

+
  “destination-port”         guint

 
Specifies the UDP destination port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -923,7 +922,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “id” property

-
  “id”                       guint

+
  “id”                       guint

 
Specifies the VXLAN Network Identifer (or VXLAN Segment Identifier) to
 use.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -934,7 +933,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l2-miss” property

-
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l2-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink LL ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -943,7 +942,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “l3-miss” property

-
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

+
  “l3-miss”                  gboolean

 
Specifies whether netlink IP ADDR miss notifications are generated.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -952,7 +951,7 @@ use.

 

 

 
The “learning” property

-
  “learning”                 gboolean

+
  “learning”                 gboolean

 
Specifies whether unknown source link layer addresses and IP addresses
 are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -962,18 +961,17 @@ are entered into the VXLAN device forwarding database.

 

 

 
The “limit” property

-
  “limit”                    guint

+
  “limit”                    guint

 
Specifies the maximum number of FDB entries. A value of zero means that
 the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

-
Allowed values: <= G_MAXINT

 
Default value: 0

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
The “local” property

-
  “local”                    gchar *

+
  “local”                    gchar *

 
If given, specifies the source IP address to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -982,7 +980,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “parent” property

-
  “parent”                   gchar *

+
  “parent”                   gchar *

 
If given, specifies the parent interface name or parent connection UUID.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -991,7 +989,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “proxy” property

-
  “proxy”                    gboolean

+
  “proxy”                    gboolean

 
Specifies whether ARP proxy is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1000,7 +998,7 @@ the kernel will store unlimited entries.

 

 

 
The “remote” property

-
  “remote”                   gchar *

+
  “remote”                   gchar *

 
Specifies the unicast destination IP address to use in outgoing packets
 when the destination link layer address is not known in the VXLAN device
 forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

@@ -1011,7 +1009,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “rsc” property

-
  “rsc”                      gboolean

+
  “rsc”                      gboolean

 
Specifies whether route short circuit is turned on.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: FALSE

@@ -1020,7 +1018,7 @@ forwarding database, or the multicast IP address to join.

 

 

 
The “source-port-max” property

-
  “source-port-max”          guint

+
  “source-port-max”          guint

 
Specifies the maximum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1031,7 +1029,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “source-port-min” property

-
  “source-port-min”          guint

+
  “source-port-min”          guint

 
Specifies the minimum UDP source port to communicate to the remote VXLAN
 tunnel endpoint.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1042,7 +1040,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “tos” property

-
  “tos”                      guint

+
  “tos”                      guint

 
Specifies the TOS value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

@@ -1052,7 +1050,7 @@ tunnel endpoint.

 

 

 
The “ttl” property

-
  “ttl”                      guint

+
  “ttl”                      guint

 
Specifies the time-to-live value to use in outgoing packets.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Allowed values: <= 255

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
index d1ea1056..fb211b2a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWimax.html
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWimax
 

@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ to.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the WiMAX device whose
 MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC address of the
 device (known as MAC spoofing).

@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ device (known as MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “network-name” property

-
  “network-name”             gchar *

+
  “network-name”             gchar *

 
Network Service Provider (NSP) name of the WiMAX network this connection
 should use.

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
index ea814585..4f8c10b1 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWired.html
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 
 

-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
+GHashTable *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
@@ -390,9 +390,9 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWired
 

@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_port (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_duplex (
 
nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wired_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_id ()
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_min ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_source_port_max ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_destination_port ()
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_tos ()
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ttl ()
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_ageing ()
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint
+guint
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_limit ()
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_proxy ()
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_learning ()
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_rsc ()
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l2_miss ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_vxlan_get_l3_miss ()
@@ -187,85 +187,85 @@
 
 

 
guintguint
 ageing
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 destination-port
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 id
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l2-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 l3-miss
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 learning
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 limit
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *local
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *parent
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 proxy
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *remote
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 rsc
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-max
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 source-port-min
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 tos
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 ttl
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *network-name
 Read / Write
 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_speed ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_auto_negotiate ()
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()
@@ -243,74 +243,74 @@
 
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 auto-negotiate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *duplex
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *port
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *s390-nettype
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GHashTable *s390-options
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 s390-subchannels
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 speed
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 wake-on-lan
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *wake-on-lan-password
 Read / Write
 

@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ at index idx
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

 
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ is invalid or was already present

 
void
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

 

@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_mtu (NMSettingWired *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ of 'qeth', 'lcs', or 'ctc'.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wired_get_num_s390_options (NMSettingWired *setting);

 
Returns the number of s390-specific options that should be set for this
 device when it is activated.  This can be used to retrieve each s390
@@ -895,9 +895,9 @@ option individually using 
 
nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
-                                  guint32 idx,
+                                  guint32 idx,
                                   const char **out_key,
                                   const char **out_value);

 
Given an index, return the value of the s390 option at that index.  indexes
@@ -943,8 +943,8 @@ modified. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
-FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
+
 TRUE on success if the index was valid and an option was found,
+FALSE if the index was invalid (ie, greater than the number of options
 currently held by the setting)

 

 

@@ -982,14 +982,14 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_s390_option_by_key
 

 

 
Returns

-
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
+
 the value, or NULL if the key/value pair was never added to the
 setting; the value is owned by the setting and must not be modified

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_add_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                   const char *key,
                                   const char *value);

@@ -1026,14 +1026,14 @@ may already exist.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was valid and was added to the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

 

 
nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wired_remove_s390_option (NMSettingWired *setting,
                                      const char *key);

 
Remove the s390-specific option referenced by key
@@ -1063,8 +1063,8 @@ list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
-list, FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the option was found and removed from the internal option
+list, FALSE if it was not.

 

 
 

@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_valid_s390_options
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of strings of valid s390 options. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -1147,7 +1147,7 @@ nm_setting_wired_get_wake_on_lan_password
 
 

 
Returns

-
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

+
 the Wake-on-LAN setting password, or NULL if there is no password.

 

 
Since: 1.2

 
@@ -1348,9 +1348,9 @@ are supported by all devices.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auto-negotiate” property

-
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

-
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
-FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
+
  “auto-negotiate”           gboolean

+
If TRUE, allow auto-negotiation of port speed and duplex mode.  If
+FALSE, do not allow auto-negotiation, in which case the "speed" and
 "duplex" properties should be set.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

 
Default value: TRUE

@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ are supported by all devices.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device use this MAC address instead of its
 permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@ permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “duplex” property

-
  “duplex”                   gchar *

+
  “duplex”                   gchar *

 
If specified, request that the device only use the specified duplex mode.
 Either "half" or "full".

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Either "half" or "full".

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the
 MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1386,7 +1386,7 @@ MAC address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
If specified, this connection will never apply to the Ethernet device
 whose permanent MAC address matches an address in the list.  Each MAC
 address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ address is in the standard hex-digits-and-colons notation
 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “port” property

-
  “port”                     gchar *

+
  “port”                     gchar *

 
Specific port type to use if multiple the device supports multiple
 attachment methods.  One of "tp" (Twisted Pair), "aui" (Attachment Unit
 Interface), "bnc" (Thin Ethernet) or "mii" (Media Independent Interface.
@@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ If the device supports only one port type, this setting is ignored.

 

 

 
The “s390-nettype” property

-
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

+
  “s390-nettype”             gchar *

 
s390 network device type; one of "qeth", "lcs", or "ctc", representing
 the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1425,7 +1425,7 @@ the different types of virtual network devices available on s390 systems.

 

 

 
The “s390-options” property

-
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

+
  “s390-options”             GHashTable *

 
Dictionary of key/value pairs of s390-specific device options.  Both keys
 and values must be strings.  Allowed keys include "portno", "layer2",
 "portname", "protocol", among others.  Key names must contain only
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ alphanumeric characters (ie, [a-zA-Z0-9]).

 

 

 
The “s390-subchannels” property

-
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

+
  “s390-subchannels”         GStrv

 
Identifies specific subchannels that this network device uses for
 communication with z/VM or s390 host.  Like the
 “mac-address” property for non-z/VM devices, this property
@@ -1449,7 +1449,7 @@ period (.) character.

 

 

 
The “speed” property

-
  “speed”                    guint

+
  “speed”                    guint

 
If non-zero, request that the device use only the specified speed.  In
 Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ Mbit/s, ie 100 == 100Mbit/s.

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan” property

-
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

+
  “wake-on-lan”              guint

 
The NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan options to enable. Not all devices support all options.
 May be any combination of NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_PHY,
 NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_UNICAST, NM_SETTING_WIRED_WAKE_ON_LAN_MULTICAST,
@@ -1474,9 +1474,9 @@ NetworkManager).

 

 

 
The “wake-on-lan-password” property

-
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

+
  “wake-on-lan-password”     gchar *

 
If specified, the password used with magic-packet-based
-Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
+Wake-on-LAN, represented as an Ethernet MAC address.  If NULL,
 no password will be required.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: NULL

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
index 8a8715e7..9106fec5 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWireless.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 
 

+gchar *
 
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
+gchar *
 
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
+GBytes *
 
-
+
@@ -413,12 +413,18 @@
 
+
+
+
+

 
-GBytes *
+GBytes *
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 

 

 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
 

 

 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()
@@ -247,82 +247,82 @@
 

 

 
-gchar *band
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *bssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 channel
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 

 
-gchar *cloned-mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
gbooleangboolean
 hidden
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mac-address
 Read / Write
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 mac-address-blacklist
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mac-address-randomization
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-gchar *mode
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 mtu
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
guintguint
 powersave
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 rate
 Read / Write / Construct
 

 
GStrvGStrv
 seen-bssids
 Read / Write
 

 

 
-GBytes *ssid
 Read / Write
 

 
guintguint
 tx-power
 Read / Write / Construct
 
#define
 NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_MODE_INFRA
 
enumNMSettingWirelessPowersave

 
 

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GEnum
+    ╰── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWireless
 

@@ -444,7 +450,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_new (void
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid ()

-
GBytes *
+
GBytes *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_ssid (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -520,7 +526,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_band (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_channel ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_channel (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -570,7 +576,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_rate ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -595,7 +601,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_rate (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_tx_power (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -697,7 +703,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_address_blacklist
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -726,7 +732,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_mac_blacklist_items
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -759,7 +765,7 @@ at index idx

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -788,7 +794,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_add_mac_blacklist_item
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
+
 TRUE if the MAC address was added; FALSE if the MAC address
 is invalid or was already present

 

@@ -798,7 +804,7 @@ is invalid or was already present
void
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
Removes the MAC address at index idx
  from the blacklist.

@@ -827,7 +833,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_remove_mac_blacklist_item_by_value
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                 const char *mac);

@@ -858,7 +864,7 @@ the blacklist

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

+
 TRUE if the MAC address was found and removed; FALSE if it was not.

 

 

@@ -887,7 +893,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_clear_mac_blacklist_items
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -912,7 +918,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_mtu (
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -937,7 +943,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_hidden (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_powersave (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

 
Parameters

@@ -991,7 +997,7 @@ setting

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_add_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
                                     const char *bssid);

 
Adds a new Wi-Fi AP's BSSID to the previously seen BSSID list of the setting.
@@ -1022,14 +1028,14 @@ not be preserved.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if bssid
-was already known, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if bssid
+was already known, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
                                (NMSettingWireless *setting);

 

@@ -1057,7 +1063,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_num_seen_bssids
 
nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid ()

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (NMSettingWireless *setting,
-                                    guint32 i);

+                                    guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1089,7 +1095,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_get_seen_bssid (
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_ap_security_compatible
                                (NMSettingWireless *s_wireless,
                                 NMSettingWirelessSecurity *s_wireless_sec,
@@ -1119,7 +1125,7 @@ compatible with which access points.

 
 

-
+
@@ -1149,8 +1155,8 @@ capabilities

 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
-security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

+
 TRUE if the given settings are compatible with the access point's
+security flags and mode, FALSE if they are not.

 

 
 
@@ -1274,12 +1280,67 @@ point/hotspot.

 
Indicates infrastructure mode where an access point is expected to be present
 for this connection.

 
+

+

+
enum NMSettingWirelessPowersave

+
These flags indicate whether wireless powersave must be enabled.

+

+
Members

+

 
s_wireless_sec
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL
a NMSettingWirelessSecurity or NULL

  
 

 

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT

+
use the default value

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE

+
don't touch existing setting

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE

+
disable powersave

+		 
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE

+
enable powersave

+		 
_NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_NUM
  
NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_LAST
  

+

+

 

 

 
Property Details

 

 
The “band” property

-
  “band”                     gchar *

+
  “band”                     gchar *

 
802.11 frequency band of the network.  One of "a" for 5GHz 802.11a or
 "bg" for 2.4GHz 802.11.  This will lock associations to the Wi-Fi network
 to the specific band, i.e. if "a" is specified, the device will not
@@ -1292,7 +1353,7 @@ capability and may not work with all drivers.

 

 

 
The “bssid” property

-
  “bssid”                    gchar *

+
  “bssid”                    gchar *

 
If specified, directs the device to only associate with the given access
 point.  This capability is highly driver dependent and not supported by
 all devices.  Note: this property does not control the BSSID used when
@@ -1303,7 +1364,7 @@ creating an Ad-Hoc network and is unlikely to in the future.

 

 

 
The “channel” property

-
  “channel”                  guint

+
  “channel”                  guint

 
Wireless channel to use for the Wi-Fi connection.  The device will only
 join (or create for Ad-Hoc networks) a Wi-Fi network on the specified
 channel.  Because channel numbers overlap between bands, this property
@@ -1314,7 +1375,7 @@ also requires the "band" property to be set.

 

 

 
The “cloned-mac-address” property

-
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

+
  “cloned-mac-address”       gchar *

 
If specified, request that the Wi-Fi device use this MAC address instead
 of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1323,8 +1384,8 @@ of its permanent MAC address.  This is known as MAC cloning or spoofing.

 

 

 
The “hidden” property

-
  “hidden”                   gboolean

-
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
+
  “hidden”                   gboolean

+
If TRUE, indicates this network is a non-broadcasting network that hides
 its SSID.  In this case various workarounds may take place, such as
 probe-scanning the SSID for more reliable network discovery.  However,
 these workarounds expose inherent insecurities with hidden SSID networks,
@@ -1335,7 +1396,7 @@ and thus hidden SSID networks should be used with caution.

 

 

 
The “mac-address” property

-
  “mac-address”              gchar *

+
  “mac-address”              gchar *

 
If specified, this connection will only apply to the Wi-Fi device whose
 permanent MAC address matches. This property does not change the MAC
 address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

@@ -1345,7 +1406,7 @@ address of the device (i.e. MAC spoofing).

 

 

 
The “mac-address-blacklist” property

-
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

+
  “mac-address-blacklist”    GStrv

 
A list of permanent MAC addresses of Wi-Fi devices to which this
 connection should never apply.  Each MAC address should be given in the
 standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

@@ -1354,7 +1415,7 @@ standard hex-digits-and-colons notation (eg "00:11:22:33:44:55").

 

 

 
The “mac-address-randomization” property

-
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

+
  “mac-address-randomization” guint

 
One of NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_DEFAULT (never randomize unless
 the user has set a global default to randomize and the supplicant
 supports randomization),  NM_SETTING_MAC_RANDOMIZATION_NEVER (never
@@ -1367,7 +1428,7 @@ randomize the MAC address), or 
 
The “mode” property

-
  “mode”                     gchar *

+
  “mode”                     gchar *

 
Wi-Fi network mode; one of "infrastructure", "adhoc" or "ap".  If blank,
 infrastructure is assumed.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1376,7 +1437,7 @@ infrastructure is assumed.

 

 

 
The “mtu” property

-
  “mtu”                      guint

+
  “mtu”                      guint

 
If non-zero, only transmit packets of the specified size or smaller,
 breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 
Flags: Read / Write / Construct

@@ -1385,11 +1446,12 @@ breaking larger packets up into multiple Ethernet frames.

 

 

 
The “powersave” property

-
  “powersave”                guint

-
If set to FALSE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is disabled.  If set to
-TRUE, Wi-Fi power saving behavior is enabled.  All other values are
-reserved.  Note that even though only boolean values are allowed, the
-property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

+
  “powersave”                guint

+
One of NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DISABLE (disable Wi-Fi power
+saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_ENABLE (enable Wi-Fi power
+saving), NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_IGNORE (don't touch currently
+configure setting) or NM_SETTING_WIRELESS_POWERSAVE_DEFAULT (use the
+globally configured value). All other values are reserved.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 
Default value: 0

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1397,7 +1459,7 @@ property type is an unsigned integer to allow for future expansion.

 

 

 
The “rate” property

-
  “rate”                     guint

+
  “rate”                     guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to only use the specified bitrate for
 communication with the access point.  Units are in Kb/s, ie 5500 = 5.5
 Mbit/s.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all devices
@@ -1408,7 +1470,7 @@ support setting a static bitrate.

 

 

 
The “seen-bssids” property

-
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

+
  “seen-bssids”              GStrv

 
A list of BSSIDs (each BSSID formatted as a MAC address like
 "00:11:22:33:44:55") that have been detected as part of the Wi-Fi
 network.  NetworkManager internally tracks previously seen BSSIDs. The
@@ -1420,14 +1482,14 @@ preserved.

 

 

 
The “ssid” property

-
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

+
  “ssid”                     GBytes *

 
SSID of the Wi-Fi network. Must be specified.

 
Flags: Read / Write

 

 

 

 
The “tx-power” property

-
  “tx-power”                 guint

+
  “tx-power”                 guint

 
If non-zero, directs the device to use the specified transmit power.
 Units are dBm.  This property is highly driver dependent and not all
 devices support setting a static transmit power.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
index 82446ce5..4058b7dd 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSettingWirelessSecurity.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()
@@ -295,24 +295,24 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 auth-alg
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 group
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 key-mgmt
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-password
 Read / Write
 
@@ -323,23 +323,23 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 leap-username
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 pairwise
 Read / Write
 
 
-GStrv
+GStrv
 proto
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 psk
 Read / Write
 
@@ -360,30 +360,30 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key0
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key1
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key2
 Read / Write
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 wep-key3
 Read / Write
 
 
-guint
+guint
 wep-tx-keyidx
 Read / Write / Construct
 
@@ -479,9 +479,9 @@ use WEP, LEAP, WPA or WPA2/RSN security

 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMWepKeyType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMSetting
         ╰── NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_key_mgmt
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_protos
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ connecting to secure Wi-Fi networks

 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_proto
 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -639,8 +639,8 @@ with the access point.

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
-protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

+
 TRUE if the protocol was new and and was added to the allowed
+protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the list

 

@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ protocol list, or FALSE if it was already in the li
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
Removes a protocol from the allowed protocol list.

 
Parameters

@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto
 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *proto);

@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_proto_by_value
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the protocol was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ specified then all protocols are allowed.

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_pairwise
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed pairwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed pairwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_pairwise_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *pairwise);

@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the encryption algorith was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ specified then all pairwise encryption algorithms are allowed.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_num_groups
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);

 
Returns the allowed groupwise encryption algorithm from allowed algorithm
 list.

 

@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_add_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ compatible with this connection.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
+
 TRUE if the algorithm was added to the list, FALSE if it was
 already in the list

 

 

@@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ already in the list

 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 i);

+                                guint32 i);
 
Removes an encryption algorithm from the allowed groupwise encryption
 algorithm list.

 

@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_setting_wireless_security_remove_group_by_value
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
                                 const char *group);

@@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ algorithm list.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

+
 TRUE if the algorithm was found and removed; FALSE it it was not.

 

 

 

@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_leap_password_flags
 
const char *
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx);

+                                guint32 idx);
 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_key
 
void
 nm_setting_wireless_security_set_wep_key
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting,
-                                guint32 idx,
+                                guint32 idx,
                                 const char *key);
Sets a WEP key in the given index.

@@ -1330,7 +1330,7 @@ property.

 

 

 
nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_setting_wireless_security_get_wep_tx_keyidx
                                (NMSettingWirelessSecurity *setting);

 

@@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ the actual WEP key using the MD5 hash algorithm.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “auth-alg” property

-
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

+
  “auth-alg”                 gchar *

 
When WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none" or "ieee8021x") indicate the
 802.11 authentication algorithm required by the AP here.  One of "open"
 for Open System, "shared" for Shared Key, or "leap" for Cisco LEAP.  When
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ using Cisco LEAP (ie, key-mgmt = "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap") the
 

 

 
The “group” property

-
  “group”                    GStrv

+
  “group”                    GStrv

 
A list of group/broadcast encryption algorithms which prevents
 connections to Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms
 in the list.  For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each
@@ -1627,7 +1627,7 @@ list element may be one of "wep40", "wep104", "tkip", or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “key-mgmt” property

-
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

+
  “key-mgmt”                 gchar *

 
Key management used for the connection.  One of "none" (WEP), "ieee8021x"
 (Dynamic WEP), "wpa-none" (Ad-Hoc WPA-PSK), "wpa-psk" (infrastructure
 WPA-PSK), or "wpa-eap" (WPA-Enterprise).  This property must be set for
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-password” property

-
  “leap-password”            gchar *

+
  “leap-password”            gchar *

 
The login password for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1655,7 +1655,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “leap-username” property

-
  “leap-username”            gchar *

+
  “leap-username”            gchar *

 
The login username for legacy LEAP connections (ie, key-mgmt =
 "ieee8021x" and auth-alg = "leap").

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ any Wi-Fi connection that uses security.

 

 

 
The “pairwise” property

-
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

+
  “pairwise”                 GStrv

 
A list of pairwise encryption algorithms which prevents connections to
 Wi-Fi networks that do not utilize one of the algorithms in the list.
 For maximum compatibility leave this property empty.  Each list element
@@ -1674,7 +1674,7 @@ may be one of "tkip" or "ccmp".

 

 

 
The “proto” property

-
  “proto”                    GStrv

+
  “proto”                    GStrv

 
List of strings specifying the allowed WPA protocol versions to use.
 Each element may be one "wpa" (allow WPA) or "rsn" (allow WPA2/RSN).  If
 not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

@@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ not specified, both WPA and RSN connections are allowed.

 

 

 
The “psk” property

-
  “psk”                      gchar *

+
  “psk”                      gchar *

 
Pre-Shared-Key for WPA networks.  If the key is 64-characters long, it
 must contain only hexadecimal characters and is interpreted as a
 hexadecimal WPA key.  Otherwise, the key must be between 8 and 63 ASCII
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key0” property

-
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key0”                 gchar *

 
Index 0 WEP key.  This is the WEP key used in most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key1” property

-
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key1”                 gchar *

 
Index 1 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key2” property

-
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key2”                 gchar *

 
Index 2 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1753,7 +1753,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-key3” property

-
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

+
  “wep-key3”                 gchar *

 
Index 3 WEP key.  This WEP index is not used by most networks.  See the
 "wep-key-type" property for a description of how this key is interpreted.

 
Flags: Read / Write

@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ the actual WEP key.

 

 

 
The “wep-tx-keyidx” property

-
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

+
  “wep-tx-keyidx”            guint

 
When static WEP is used (ie, key-mgmt = "none") and a non-default WEP key
 index is used by the AP, put that WEP key index here.  Valid values are 0
 (default key) through 3.  Note that some consumer access points (like the
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
index 5fa62ec0..2324c3a8 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMSimpleConnection.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 

-
+
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ hash table.

 
Returns

 
 the new NMSimpleConnection object, populated with
-settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
+settings created from the values in the hash table, or NULL if the
 connection failed to validate. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -133,9 +133,9 @@ connection failed to validate. 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_clone ()

-
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_clone (NMConnection *connection);

-
Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

+
NMConnection *
+nm_simple_connection_new_clone (NMConnection *connection);

+
Clones an NMConnection as an NMSimpleConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
 
 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new ()
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 

 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
 

 

 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_simple_connection_new_clone ()
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
 
 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
 

 

@@ -80,23 +80,23 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_simple_connection_new (void);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection object with no NMSetting objects. An
 NMSimpleConnection does not directly represent a D-Bus-exported connection,
 but might be used in the process of creating a new one.

 

 
Returns

-
 the new empty NMConnection object. 

+
 the new empty NMConnection object. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus ()

-
NMConnection *
-nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
-                                    GError **error);

+
NMConnection *
+nm_simple_connection_new_from_dbus (GVariant *dict,
+                                    GError **error);

 
Creates a new NMSimpleConnection from a hash table describing the
 connection.  See nm_connection_to_dbus() for a description of the expected
 hash table.

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ hash table.

 

 

 
dict
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection

  
 

 

 
 
 

@@ -146,15 +146,15 @@ nm_simple_connection_new_clone (
connection

-
+
the NMConnection to clone
the NMConnection to clone

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new NMConnection containing the same settings
-and properties as the source NMConnection. 

+
 a new NMConnection containing the same settings
+and properties as the source NMConnection. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
index b8b766cf..adbdab93 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnConnection.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 banner
 Read
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 void
 vpn-state-changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GObject
+
    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMActiveConnection
             ╰── NMVpnConnection
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “banner” property

-
  “banner”                   gchar *

+
  “banner”                   gchar *

 
The VPN login banner of the active VPN connection.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -221,10 +221,10 @@ string used by the connection, and must not be modified.

 
The “vpn-state-changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnConnection *nmvpnconnection,
-               guint            arg1,
-               guint            arg2,
-               gpointer         user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               guint            arg1,
+               guint            arg2,
+               gpointer         user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
index 61c3c4a4..126ddb6f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMVpnEditorPlugin.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
 
 
 
-NMConnection *
+NMConnection *
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import ()
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()
@@ -121,19 +121,19 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 description
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 service
 Read
 
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 
 void
 changed
-Run First
+Run First
 
 

 

@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
 

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 
Prerequisites

 

 NMVpnEditor requires
- GObject.

+ GObject.

 

 

 
Description

@@ -213,24 +213,51 @@ NMVpnEditor requires
 

 
NMVpnEditorPluginFactory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

+(*NMVpnEditorPluginFactory) (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory ()

 
NMVpnEditorPlugin *
-nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

+nm_vpn_editor_plugin_factory (GError **error);

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor ()

 
NMVpnEditor *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_editor (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
-                                 NMConnection *connection,
-                                 GError **error);

+                                 NMConnection *connection,
+                                 GError **error);

 

-
Returns

-
. 

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





plugin
the NMVpnEditorPlugin
 
connection
the NMConnection to be edited
 
error
on return, an error or NULL
 

+

+

+
Returns

+
 a new NMVpnEditor or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

@@ -243,24 +270,54 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_capabilities (
 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import ()

-
NMConnection *
+
NMConnection *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_import (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             GError **error);

+                             GError **error);

+

+
Parameters

+

+++++
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+





plugin
the NMVpnEditorPlugin
 
path
full path to the file to attempt to read into a new NMConnection
 
error
on return, an error or NULL
 

+

 

-
Returns

-
. 

+
Returns

+
 a new NMConnection imported from path
+, or NULL
+on error or if the file at path
+was not recognized by this plugin. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
                              const char *path,
-                             NMConnection *connection,
-                             GError **error);

+                             NMConnection *connection,
+                             GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -268,7 +325,7 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_export (char *
 nm_vpn_editor_plugin_get_suggested_filename
                                (NMVpnEditorPlugin *plugin,
-                                NMConnection *connection);

+                                NMConnection *connection);

 

 

 

@@ -278,8 +335,8 @@ nm_vpn_editor_plugin_load_from_file (const const char *check_service,
                                      int check_owner,
                                      NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate check_file,
-                                     gpointer user_data,
-                                     GError **error);

+                                     gpointer user_data,
+                                     GError **error);

 
Load the shared libary plugin_filename
  and create a new
 NMVpnEditorPlugin instace via the NMVpnEditorPluginFactory
@@ -340,7 +397,7 @@ loading the shared library. 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

+
 a new plugin instance or NULL on error. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -445,14 +502,14 @@ loading the shared library. 

 
 
 
-
GTypeInterface g_iface;

+
GTypeInterface g_iface;

 
the parent interface

  
 
 
 
get_editor ()

 
returns an NMVpnEditor, pre-filled with values from connection
-if non-NULL.

+if non-NULL.

  
 
 
@@ -463,27 +520,27 @@ if non-NULL.

 
 
import_from_file ()

 
Try to import a connection from the specified path.  On
-success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
+success, return a partial NMConnection object.  On error, return NULL and
 set error
 with additional information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in
+can be NULL, in
 which case no additional error information should be provided.

  
 
 
 
export_to_file ()

 
Export the given connection to the specified path.  Return
-TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
+TRUE on success.  On error, return FALSE and set error
 with additional
 error information.  Note that error
-can be NULL, in which case no
+can be NULL, in which case no
 additional error information should be provided.

  
 
 
 
get_suggested_filename ()

 
For a given connection, return a suggested file
-name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
+name.  Returned value will be NULL or a suggested file name to be freed by
 the caller.

  
 
@@ -501,7 +558,7 @@ the caller.

 
Property Details

 

 
The “description” property

-
  “description”              gchar *

+
  “description”              gchar *

 
Longer description of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -509,7 +566,7 @@ the caller.

 

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
Short display name of the VPN plugin.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -517,7 +574,7 @@ the caller.

 

 

 
The “service” property

-
  “service”                  gchar *

+
  “service”                  gchar *

 
D-Bus service name of the plugin's VPN service.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -529,8 +586,8 @@ the caller.

 
The “changed” signal

 
void
 user_function (NMVpnEditor *nmvpneditor,
-               gpointer     user_data)

-
Flags: Run First

+               gpointer     user_data)

+
Flags: Run First

 

 

 

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
index 8a73c9b9..aac8413a 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/NMWimaxNsp.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 
 
 
-guint32
+guint32
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@
 
 
 
-GPtrArray *
+GPtrArray *
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 
 
 
-gchar *
+gchar *
 name
 Read
 
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
 Read
 
 
-guint
+guint
 signal-quality
 Read
 
@@ -140,9 +140,9 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GObject
+    GObject
     ╰── NMObject
         ╰── NMWimaxNsp
 

@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_name (
 
nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality ()

-
guint32
+
guint32
 nm_wimax_nsp_get_signal_quality (NMWimaxNsp *nsp);

 
Gets the WPA signal quality of the wimax NSP.

 

@@ -232,9 +232,9 @@ nm_wimax_nsp_get_network_type (
 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections ()

-
GPtrArray *
+
GPtrArray *
 nm_wimax_nsp_filter_connections (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

+                                 const GPtrArray *connections);

 
Filters a given array of connections for a given NMWimaxNsp object and
 return connections which may be activated with the NSP.  Any returned
 connections will match the nsp
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ connections will match the nsp
 
 
 
connections

-
 an array of NMConnections to
+
 an array of NMConnections to
 filter. 

 [element-type NMConnection]
 
@@ -265,18 +265,18 @@ filter. 

 

 
Returns

 
 an array of
-NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
+NMConnections that could be activated with the given nsp
 .  The array should
-be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

+be freed with g_ptr_array_unref() when it is no longer required. 

 
[transfer container][element-type NMConnection]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_wimax_nsp_connection_valid (NMWimaxNsp *nsp,
-                               NMConnection *connection);

+                               NMConnection *connection);

 
Validates a given connection against a given WiMAX NSP to ensure that the
 connection may be activated with that NSP.  The connection must match the
 nsp
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ against

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
+
an NMConnection to validate against nsp
 

  
 
@@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ against

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
-FALSE if it cannot be.

+
 TRUE if the connection may be activated with this WiMAX NSP,
+FALSE if it cannot be.

 

 

 

@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ against

 
Property Details

 

 
The “name” property

-
  “name”                     gchar *

+
  “name”                     gchar *

 
The name of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Default value: NULL

@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ against

 

 

 
The “signal-quality” property

-
  “signal-quality”           guint

+
  “signal-quality”           guint

 
The signal quality of the WiMAX NSP.

 
Flags: Read

 
Allowed values: <= 100

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
index e63ef7bf..ea94245b 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/api-index-full.html
@@ -25,8 +25,6 @@
                      | 
                   I
                      | 
-                  K
-                     | 
                   L
                      | 
                   M
@@ -37,8 +35,6 @@
                      | 
                   S
                      | 
-                  T
-                     | 
                   U
                      | 
                   V
@@ -1418,14 +1414,6 @@
 
 

 

-DEFINE_KF_LIST_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

 NM_DEPRECATED_IN_0_9_10, macro in nm-version
 

 

@@ -2182,6 +2170,18 @@ DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
 
 

 

+nm_device_get_applied_connection, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

+nm_device_get_applied_connection_async, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

+nm_device_get_applied_connection_finish, function in NMDevice
+

+

+

 nm_device_get_autoconnect, function in NMDevice
 

 

@@ -3258,79 +3258,6 @@ DEFINE_KF_WRAPPER_PROTO, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
 nm_ip_route_unref, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 
 

-
K

-

-NMKeyfileReadHandler, user_function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileReadType, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileReadTypeDataWarn, struct in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWarnSeverity, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteHandler, user_function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteType, enum in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NMKeyfileWriteTypeDataCert, struct in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_BLOB, macro in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-NM_KEYFILE_CERT_SCHEME_PREFIX_PATH, macro in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_detect_unqualified_path_scheme, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_alias_for_setting_name, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_get_setting_name_for_alias, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_keys, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_get_string, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_has_key, function in nm-keyfile-utils
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_plugin_kf_set_string, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_read, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

-

-nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
-

-

 
L

 

 NM_LLDP_ATTR_CHASSIS_ID, macro in nm-dbus-interface
@@ -4133,10 +4060,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 

 

 

-NMSettingIP4Config:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 NMSettingIP6Config:addr-gen-mode, object property in NMSettingIP6Config
 

 

@@ -4157,6 +4080,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:dad-timeout, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-hostname, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4165,6 +4092,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingIPConfig:dhcp-timeout, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NMSettingIPConfig:dns, object property in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -4693,6 +4624,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NMSettingWirelessPowersave, enum in NMSettingWireless
+

+

+

 NMSettingWirelessSecurity:auth-alg, object property in NMSettingWirelessSecurity
 

 

@@ -6149,10 +6084,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

-NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_client_id, function in NMSettingIP4Config
 

 

@@ -6161,10 +6092,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

-nm_setting_ip4_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIP4Config
-

-

-

 NM_SETTING_IP4_CONFIG_METHOD_AUTO, macro in NMSettingIP4Config
 

 

@@ -6285,6 +6212,14 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DAD_TIMEOUT_MAX, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_HOSTNAME, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6293,6 +6228,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DHCP_TIMEOUT, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 NM_SETTING_IP_CONFIG_DNS, macro in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6313,6 +6252,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dad_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_hostname, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -6321,6 +6264,10 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 
 

 

+nm_setting_ip_config_get_dhcp_timeout, function in NMSettingIPConfig
+

+

+

 nm_setting_ip_config_get_dns, function in NMSettingIPConfig
 

 

@@ -7868,19 +7815,6 @@ nm_keyfile_write, function in nm-keyfile-internal
 NMState, enum in nm-dbus-interface
 
 

-
T

-

-NMTestGeneralBoolEnum, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

-

-NMTestGeneralColorFlags, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

-

-NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
-

-

 
U

 

 NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate, user_function in nm-utils
@@ -8192,7 +8126,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
+NMVpnEditorInterface, struct in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8260,7 +8194,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_get_widget, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8304,7 +8238,7 @@ NMTestGeneralMetaFlags, enum in test-general-enums
 

 

 

-nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
+nm_vpn_editor_update_connection, function in NMVpnEditor
 

 

 

@@ -8472,7 +8406,23 @@ NM_VPN_PLUGIN_INFO_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-info
 

 

 

-VPN_SECRETS_GROUP, macro in nm-keyfile-utils
+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-old
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_PLUGIN_OLD_STATE, macro in nm-vpn-plugin-old
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_SERVICE_NAME, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_DBUS_WATCH_PEER, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
+

+

+

+NM_VPN_SERVICE_PLUGIN_STATE, macro in nm-vpn-service-plugin
 

 

 
W

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.html b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
index ee011718..8c2165f0 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.html
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 

 

 

-      for libnm 1.1.90
+      for libnm 1.1.91
 
       The latest version of this documentation can be found on-line at
       https://developer.gnome.org/libnm/1.0/.
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml b/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
index dfe1f677..e0c28972 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/index.sgml
@@ -244,6 +244,7 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -368,6 +369,7 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -535,7 +537,7 @@
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -1251,12 +1253,10 @@
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
@@ -1266,7 +1266,6 @@
 
 
 
-
 
 
 
@@ -1387,7 +1386,10 @@
 
 
 
+
+
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -1402,6 +1404,8 @@
 
 
 
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -1418,8 +1422,10 @@
 
 
 
+
 
 
+
 
 
 
@@ -1991,6 +1997,13 @@
 
 
 
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
 
 
 
@@ -2133,6 +2146,9 @@
 
 
 
+
+
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
index 852c8876..0eec1974 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-NMConnection.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
 
 
 
-GVariant *
+GVariant *
 
 
 nm_connection_to_dbus ()
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_replace_settings ()
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_compare ()
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_diff ()
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify ()
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_verify_secrets ()
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_normalize ()
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_update_secrets ()
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_type ()
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
 
 
 
-gboolean
+gboolean
 
 
 nm_connection_is_virtual ()
@@ -542,18 +542,18 @@
 

 

 
Object Hierarchy

-
    GFlags
+
    GFlags
     ╰── NMConnectionSerializationFlags
 

 

 

 
Description

-
An NMConnection describes all the settings and configuration values that
+
An NMConnection describes all the settings and configuration values that
 are necessary to configure network devices for operation on a specific
 network.  Connections are the fundamental operating object for
-NetworkManager; no device is connected without a NMConnection, or
-disconnected without having been connected with a NMConnection.

-
Each NMConnection contains a list of NMSetting objects usually referenced
+NetworkManager; no device is connected without a NMConnection, or
+disconnected without having been connected with a NMConnection.

+
Each NMConnection contains a list of NMSetting objects usually referenced
 by name (using nm_connection_get_setting_by_name()) or by type (with
 nm_connection_get_setting()).  The settings describe the actual parameters
 with which the network devices are configured, including device-specific
@@ -565,10 +565,10 @@ parameters (MTU, SSID, APN, channel, rate, etc) and IP-level parameters
 

 
nm_connection_add_setting ()

 
void
-nm_connection_add_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_add_setting (NMConnection *connection,
                            NMSetting *setting);

 
Adds a NMSetting to the connection, replacing any previous NMSetting of the
-same name which has previously been added to the NMConnection.  The
+same name which has previously been added to the NMConnection.  The
 connection takes ownership of the NMSetting object and does not increase
 the setting object's reference count.

 

@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 
 
 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -598,9 +598,9 @@ the setting object's reference count.

 

 
nm_connection_remove_setting ()

 
void
-nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GType setting_type);

-
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
+nm_connection_remove_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+                              GType setting_type);

+
Removes the NMSetting with the given GType from the NMConnection.  This
 operation dereferences the NMSetting object.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -613,12 +613,12 @@ operation dereferences the 
connection

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
setting_type

-
the GType of the setting object to remove

+
the GType of the setting object to remove

  
 
 
@@ -629,10 +629,10 @@ operation dereferences the 
 
nm_connection_get_setting ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
-                           GType setting_type);

-
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
-to the NMConnection.

+nm_connection_get_setting (NMConnection *connection,
+                           GType setting_type);

+
Gets the NMSetting with the given GType, if one has been previously added
+to the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -644,12 +644,12 @@ to the 
 
-
+
-
+
@@ -657,8 +657,8 @@ to the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
-added to the NMConnection. 

+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting of that type was previously
+added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
@@ -666,10 +666,10 @@ added to the 
 
nm_connection_get_setting_by_name ()

 
NMSetting *
-nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_get_setting_by_name (NMConnection *connection,
                                    const char *name);

 
Gets the NMSetting with the given name, if one has been previously added
-the NMConnection.

+the NMConnection.

 

 
Parameters

 

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
setting_type
the GType of the setting object to return
the GType of the setting object to return

  
 

 

@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ the 
 
-
+
@@ -694,18 +694,18 @@ the 
 

 
Returns

-
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
-added to the NMConnection. 

+
 the NMSetting, or NULL if no setting with that name was previously
+added to the NMConnection. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
 

 

 
nm_connection_to_dbus ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
+
GVariant *
+nm_connection_to_dbus (NMConnection *connection,
                        NMConnectionSerializationFlags flags);

-
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
+
Converts the NMConnection into a GVariant of type
 NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION describing the connection, suitable for
 marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 

-
+
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ marshalling over D-Bus or otherwise serializing.

 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
+
 a new floating GVariant describing the connection,
 its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -740,10 +740,10 @@ its settings, and each setting's properties. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_replace_settings ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
-                                GVariant *new_settings,
-                                GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_replace_settings (NMConnection *connection,
+                                GVariant *new_settings,
+                                GError **error);

 
Replaces connection
 's settings with new_settings
  (which must be
@@ -760,17 +760,17 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
connection

-

+
-
+
-
+
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ need to result in a connection that passes 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
+
 TRUE if connection was updated, FALSE if new_settings
 could not
 be deserialized (in which case connection
 will be unchanged).

@@ -789,8 +789,8 @@ will be unchanged).

 
nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection ()

 
void
 nm_connection_replace_settings_from_connection
-                               (NMConnection *connection,
-                                NMConnection *new_connection);

+                               (NMConnection *connection,
+                                NMConnection *new_connection);
 
Deep-copies the settings of new_connection
  and replaces the settings of connection
 
@@ -806,12 +806,12 @@ with the copied settings.

 
-
+
-
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ with

 

 
nm_connection_clear_settings ()

 
void
-nm_connection_clear_settings (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_clear_settings (NMConnection *connection);
 
Deletes all of connection
 's settings.

 

@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
connection

-

+

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 

 
connection
the NMConnection
the NMConnection

  
 

 
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
new_settings
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings
a GVariant of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION, with the new settings

  
 

 

 
error
location to store error, or NULL
location to store error, or NULL

  
 

 
 

 
connection
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

 
new_connection
a NMConnection to replace the settings of connection
+
a NMConnection to replace the settings of connection
 with

  
 
a NMConnection
a NMConnection

  
 

 

@@ -845,11 +845,11 @@ nm_connection_clear_settings (
 
nm_connection_compare ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
-                       NMConnection *b,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_compare (NMConnection *a,
+                       NMConnection *b,
                        NMSettingCompareFlags flags);

-
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
+
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.

 

@@ -863,12 +863,12 @@ each flag's behavior.

 
 
 
a

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
b

-
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

+
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

  
 
 
@@ -881,18 +881,18 @@ each flag's behavior.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

+
 TRUE if the comparison succeeds, FALSE if it does not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_diff ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
-                    NMConnection *b,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_diff (NMConnection *a,
+                    NMConnection *b,
                     NMSettingCompareFlags flags,
-                    GHashTable **out_settings);

-
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
+                    GHashTable **out_settings);

+
Compares two NMConnection objects for similarity, with comparison behavior
 modified by a set of flags.  See nm_setting_compare() for a description of
 each flag's behavior.  If the connections differ, settings and keys within
 each setting that differ are added to the returned out_settings
@@ -909,12 +909,12 @@ No values are returned, only key names.

 
 
 
a

-
a NMConnection

+
a NMConnection

  
 
 
 
b

-
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

+
a second NMConnection to compare with the first

  
 
 
@@ -935,16 +935,16 @@ differ mapped to one or more of 
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
+
 TRUE if the connections contain the same values, FALSE if they do
 not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
-                      GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_verify (NMConnection *connection,
+                      GError **error);

 
Validates the connection and all its settings.  Each setting's properties
 have allowed values, and some values are dependent on other values.  For
 example, if a Wi-Fi connection is security enabled, the NMSettingWireless
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ setting object's 'security' property must contain the setting name of the
 NMSettingWirelessSecurity object, which must also be present in the
 connection for the connection to be valid.  As another example, the
 NMSettingWired object's 'mac-address' property must be a validly formatted
-MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
+MAC address.  The returned GError contains information about which
 setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -965,12 +965,12 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to verify

+
the NMConnection to verify

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -978,15 +978,15 @@ setting and which property failed validation, and how it failed validation.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_verify_secrets ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                              GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_verify_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+                              GError **error);

 
Verifies the secrets in the connection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -999,12 +999,12 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
connection

-
the NMConnection to verify in

+
the NMConnection to verify in

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1012,23 +1012,23 @@ nm_connection_verify_secrets (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

+
 TRUE if the secrets are valid, FALSE if they are not

 

 
Since: 1.2

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_normalize ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
-                         GHashTable *parameters,
-                         gboolean *modified,
-                         GError **error);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_normalize (NMConnection *connection,
+                         GHashTable *parameters,
+                         gboolean *modified,
+                         GError **error);

 
Does some basic normalization and fixup of well known inconsistencies
 and deprecated fields. If the connection was modified in any way,
 the output parameter modified
- is set TRUE.

-
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
+ is set TRUE.

+
Finally the connection will be verified and TRUE returns if the connection
 is valid. As this function only performs some specific normalization steps
 it cannot repair all connections. If the connection has errors that
 cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

@@ -1043,15 +1043,15 @@ cannot be normalized, the connection will not be modified.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection to normalize

+
the NMConnection to normalize

  
 
 
 
parameters

-
 a GHashTable with
+
 a GHashTable with
 normalization parameters to allow customization of the normalization by providing
 specific arguments. Unknown arguments will be ignored and the default will be
-used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
+used. The keys must be strings, hashed by g_str_hash() and g_str_equal() functions.
 The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 [allow-none][element-type utf8 gpointer]
 
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ The values are opaque and depend on the parameter name. 

 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
+
location to store error, or NULL. Contains the reason,
 why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

  
 
@@ -1071,15 +1071,15 @@ why the connection is invalid, if the function returns an error.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the connection is valid, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_need_secrets ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
-                            GPtrArray **hints);

+nm_connection_need_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+                            GPtrArray **hints);

 
Returns the name of the first setting object in the connection which would
 need secrets to make a successful connection.  The returned hints are only
 intended as a guide to what secrets may be required, because in some
@@ -1096,15 +1096,15 @@ secrets are needed.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
 
hints

-
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
-return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
+
  the address of a pointer to a GPtrArray, initialized to NULL, which on
+return points to an allocated GPtrArray containing the property names of
 secrets of the NMSetting which may be required; the caller owns the array
-and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
+and must free the array itself with g_ptr_array_free(), but not free its
 elements. 

 [out][element-type utf8][allow-none][transfer container]
 
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ missing secrets

 

 
nm_connection_clear_secrets ()

 
void
-nm_connection_clear_secrets (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_clear_secrets (NMConnection *connection);

 
Clears and frees any secrets that may be stored in the connection, to avoid
 keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 

@@ -1134,7 +1134,7 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1145,9 +1145,9 @@ keeping secret data in memory when not needed.

 
nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags ()

 
void
 nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
-                               (NMConnection *connection,
+                               (NMConnection *connection,
                                 NMSettingClearSecretsWithFlagsFn func,
-                                gpointer user_data);

+                                gpointer user_data);

 
Clears and frees secrets determined by func
 .

 

@@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ nm_connection_clear_secrets_with_flags
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1183,16 +1183,16 @@ specific secret should be cleared or not. 

 

 

 
nm_connection_update_secrets ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_update_secrets (NMConnection *connection,
                               const char *setting_name,
-                              GVariant *secrets,
-                              GError **error);

+                              GVariant *secrets,
+                              GError **error);

 
Update the specified setting's secrets, given a dictionary of secrets
 intended for that setting (deserialized from D-Bus for example).  Will also
 extract the given setting's secrets hash if given a connection dictionary.
 If setting_name
- is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
+ is NULL, expects a fully serialized NMConnection as
 returned by nm_connection_to_dbus() and will update all secrets from all
 settings contained in secrets
 .

@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ settings contained in secrets
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@ settings contained in secrets
 
 
 
secrets

-
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
+
a GVariant of secrets, of type NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION
 or NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

  
 
 
 
error

-
location to store error, or NULL

+
location to store error, or NULL

  
 
 
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ or 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
+
 TRUE if the secrets were successfully updated, FALSE if the update
 failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 

@@ -1239,10 +1239,10 @@ failed (tried to update secrets for a setting that doesn't exist, etc)

 

 
nm_connection_set_path ()

 
void
-nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_set_path (NMConnection *connection,
                         const char *path);

 
Sets the D-Bus path of the connection.  This property is not serialized, and
-is only for the reference of the caller.  Sets the “path”
+is only for the reference of the caller.  Sets the “path”
 property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ property.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ which provides the connection

 

 
nm_connection_get_path ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_path (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_path (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the connection's D-Bus path.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ nm_connection_get_path (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1299,9 +1299,9 @@ nm_connection_get_path (
 
nm_connection_get_interface_name ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_interface_name (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the interface name as stored in NMSettingConnection:interface_name.
-If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

+If the connection contains no NMSettingConnection, it will return NULL.

 
For hardware devices and software devices created outside of NetworkManager,
 this name is used to match the device. for software devices created by
 NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

@@ -1315,21 +1315,21 @@ NetworkManager, this is the name of the created interface.

 
 
 
connection

-
The NMConnection

+
The NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

+
 Name of the kernel interface or NULL

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_is_type ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
+
gboolean
+nm_connection_is_type (NMConnection *connection,
                        const char *type);

 
A convenience function to check if the given connection
  is a particular
@@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1361,18 +1361,18 @@ property of the connection and matches that against 
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
-, FALSE if not

+
 TRUE if the connection is of the given type
+, FALSE if not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_connection_for_each_setting_value ()

 
void
-nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
+nm_connection_for_each_setting_value (NMConnection *connection,
                                       NMSettingValueIterFn func,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

-
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
+                                      gpointer user_data);

+
Iterates over the properties of each NMSetting object in the NMConnection,
 calling the supplied user function for each property.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ calling the supplied user function for each property.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ at each invocation

 

 
nm_connection_dump ()

 
void
-nm_connection_dump (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_dump (NMConnection *connection);

 
Print the connection to stdout.  For debugging purposes ONLY, should NOT
 be used for serialization of the connection or machine-parsed in any way. The
 output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

@@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ output format is not guaranteed to be stable and may change at any time.

 

 
nm_connection_get_uuid ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_uuid (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_uuid (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the UUID from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ nm_connection_get_uuid (
 
nm_connection_get_id ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_id (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_id (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the ID from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ nm_connection_get_id (
 
nm_connection_get_connection_type ()

 
const char *
-nm_connection_get_connection_type (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_connection_type (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return the type from the connection's NMSettingConnection.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1508,8 +1508,8 @@ nm_connection_get_connection_type (
 
nm_connection_is_virtual ()

-
gboolean
-nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

+
gboolean
+nm_connection_is_virtual (NMConnection *connection);

 
Checks if connection
  refers to a virtual device (and thus can potentially be
 activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ activated even if the device it refers to doesn't exist).

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection

+
an NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ refers to a virtual device

 
nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description ()

 
char *
 nm_connection_get_virtual_device_description
-                               (NMConnection *connection);

+                               (NMConnection *connection);

 
Returns the name that nm_device_disambiguate_names() would
 return for the virtual device that would be created for connection
 .
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
 
 
connection

-
an NMConnection for a virtual device type

+
an NMConnection for a virtual device type

  
 
 

@@ -1563,7 +1563,7 @@ Eg, "VLAN (eth1.1)".

 
Returns

 
 the name of connection
 's device,
-or NULL if connection
+or NULL if connection
 is not a virtual connection type. 

 
[transfer full]

 

@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ is not a virtual connection type. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x ()

 
NMSetting8021x *
-nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSetting8021x the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1584,14 +1584,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSetting8021x if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_802_1x (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth ()

 
NMSettingBluetooth *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBluetooth the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1611,14 +1611,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBluetooth if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1626,7 +1626,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bluetooth (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bond ()

 
NMSettingBond *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bond (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bond (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBond the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1638,14 +1638,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBond if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bond (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_team ()

 
NMSettingTeam *
-nm_connection_get_setting_team (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_team (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeam the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1665,14 +1665,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeam if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1680,7 +1680,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_team_port ()

 
NMSettingTeamPort *
-nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTeamPort the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1692,14 +1692,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTeamPort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_team_port (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bridge ()

 
NMSettingBridge *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridge the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1719,14 +1719,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridge if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port ()

 
NMSettingBridgePort *
-nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingBridgePort the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1746,14 +1746,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingBridgePort if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1761,7 +1761,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_bridge_port (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_cdma ()

 
NMSettingCdma *
-nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingCdma the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1773,14 +1773,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingCdma if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1788,7 +1788,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_cdma (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_connection ()

 
NMSettingConnection *
-nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_connection (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingConnection the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1800,14 +1800,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingConnection if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1815,7 +1815,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_connection (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_dcb ()

 
NMSettingDcb *
-nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingDcb the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_dcb (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_generic ()

 
NMSettingGeneric *
-nm_connection_get_setting_generic (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_generic (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingGeneric the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_generic (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_gsm ()

 
NMSettingGsm *
-nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingGsm the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1881,14 +1881,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingGsm if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1896,7 +1896,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_gsm (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband ()

 
NMSettingInfiniband *
-nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingInfiniband the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1908,14 +1908,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingInfiniband if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_infiniband (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel ()

 
NMSettingIPTunnel *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIPTunnel the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1935,14 +1935,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingIPTunnel if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -1951,7 +1951,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ip_tunnel (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config ()

 
NMSettingIPConfig *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip4_config (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIP4Config the connection might contain.

 
Note that it returns the value as type NMSettingIPConfig, since the vast
 majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
@@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -1974,7 +1974,7 @@ majority of IPv4-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP4Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP4Config][transfer none]

 

 

@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config ()

 
NMSettingIPConfig *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ip6_config (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingIP6Config the connection might contain.

 
Note that it returns the value as type NMSettingIPConfig, since the vast
 majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
@@ -1997,7 +1997,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 
 
 
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

@@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ majority of IPv6-setting-related methods are on that type, not
 

 
Returns

 
 an NMSettingIP6Config if the
-connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[type NMSettingIP6Config][transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2013,7 +2013,7 @@ connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 

 
nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan ()

 
NMSettingMacvlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingMacvlan the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2025,14 +2025,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingMacvlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_macvlan (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh ()

 
NMSettingOlpcMesh *
-nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingOlpcMesh the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2053,14 +2053,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingOlpcMesh if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2068,7 +2068,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_olpc_mesh (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_ppp ()

 
NMSettingPpp *
-nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingPpp the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2080,14 +2080,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPpp if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_ppp (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe ()

 
NMSettingPppoe *
-nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingPppoe the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2107,14 +2107,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingPppoe if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_pppoe (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_serial ()

 
NMSettingSerial *
-nm_connection_get_setting_serial (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_serial (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingSerial the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2134,14 +2134,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingSerial if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_serial (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_tun ()

 
NMSettingTun *
-nm_connection_get_setting_tun (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_tun (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingTun the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2161,14 +2161,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingTun if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 
Since: 1.2

@@ -2177,7 +2177,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_tun (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_vpn ()

 
NMSettingVpn *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingVpn the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2189,14 +2189,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingVpn if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vpn (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_wimax ()

 
NMSettingWimax *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWimax the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2216,14 +2216,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWimax if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wimax (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_adsl ()

 
NMSettingAdsl *
-nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingAdsl the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2243,14 +2243,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingAdsl if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]

 

 

@@ -2258,7 +2258,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_adsl (
 
nm_connection_get_setting_wired ()

 
NMSettingWired *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wired (NMConnection *connection);

+nm_connection_get_setting_wired (NMConnection *connection);

 
A shortcut to return any NMSettingWired the connection might contain.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -2270,14 +2270,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (
connection

-
the NMConnection

+
the NMConnection

  
 
 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

+
 an NMSettingWired if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL. 

 
[transfer none]
@@ -2285,7 +2285,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wired (

nm_connection_get_setting_wireless ()

NMSettingWireless *
-nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (NMConnection *connection);
+nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (NMConnection *connection);

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWireless the connection might contain.

Parameters

@@ -2297,14 +2297,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

connection

-

the NMConnection

+

the NMConnection

 

Returns

-

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWireless if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2313,7 +2313,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless (

nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security ()

NMSettingWirelessSecurity *
 nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security
-                               (NMConnection *connection);
+ (NMConnection *connection);

A shortcut to return any NMSettingWirelessSecurity the connection might contain.

Parameters

@@ -2325,14 +2325,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

connection

-

the NMConnection

+

the NMConnection

 

Returns

-

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingWirelessSecurity if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_wireless_security

nm_connection_get_setting_vlan ()

NMSettingVlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (NMConnection *connection);
+nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (NMConnection *connection);

A shortcut to return any NMSettingVlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

@@ -2352,14 +2352,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

connection

-

the NMConnection

+

the NMConnection

 

Returns

-

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

@@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vlan (

nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan ()

NMSettingVxlan *
-nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (NMConnection *connection);
+nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (NMConnection *connection);

A shortcut to return any NMSettingVxlan the connection might contain.

Parameters

@@ -2379,14 +2379,14 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

connection

-

the NMConnection

+

the NMConnection

 

Returns

-

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

+

an NMSettingVxlan if the connection contains one, otherwise NULL.

[transfer none]

Since: 1.2

@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

GTypeInterface parent;

+

GTypeInterface parent;

the parent interace struct

  @@ -2468,8 +2468,8 @@ nm_connection_get_setting_vxlan (

NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING

#define NM_VARIANT_TYPE_SETTING G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT
-

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is -an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of +

GVariantType for a dictionary mapping from property names to values. This is +an alias for G_VARIANT_TYPE_VARDICT, and is the type of each element of an NM_VARIANT_TYPE_CONNECTION dictionary.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html index dec0c77f..0b751832 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-dbus-interface.html @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NM80211Mode
     ├── NMActiveConnectionState
     ├── NMConnectivityState
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@
     ├── NMIPTunnelMode
     ├── NMMetered
     ╰── NMState
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
@@ -914,6 +914,13 @@ GSM/UMTS, or LTE network access protocols

 
  
 
+
+
NM_DEVICE_TYPE_VETH

+
+
a VETH interface

+
+ 
+
@@ -2281,9 +2288,11 @@ VPN plugin authentication dialogs.

-

NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_UKNOWN

-  -  +

NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_UNKNOWN

+ +

Unknown/unset tunnel mode

+ + 

NM_IP_TUNNEL_MODE_IPIP

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html index 92ea7737..2df6ab71 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-errors.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_agent_manager_error_quark () @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_connection_error_quark () @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_crypto_error_quark () @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_device_error_quark () @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_manager_error_quark () @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_secret_agent_error_quark () @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_settings_error_quark () @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ -GQuark +GQuark nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark () @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMCryptoError
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
Functions

 

 
nm_agent_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_agent_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -214,25 +214,25 @@ nm_agent_manager_error_quark (voi
 

 

 
nm_connection_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_connection_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_crypto_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_crypto_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_device_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_device_error_quark (void);

 

 

 

 
nm_manager_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_manager_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ nm_manager_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_secret_agent_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ nm_secret_agent_error_quark (void
 

 

 
nm_settings_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_settings_error_quark (void);

 

 

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ nm_settings_error_quark (void
 

 
nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark ()

-
GQuark
+
GQuark
 nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void);
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ nm_vpn_plugin_error_quark (void

enum NMAgentManagerError

Errors returned from the secret-agent manager.

These errors may be returned from operations that could cause secrets to be -requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus +requested (such as nm_client_activate_connection()), and correspond to D-Bus errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

Members

@@ -349,9 +349,9 @@ errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.AgentManager" namespace.

enum NMConnectionError

-

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection +

Describes errors that may result from operations involving a NMConnection or its NMSettings.

-

These errors may be returned directly from NMConnection and NMSetting +

These errors may be returned directly from NMConnection and NMSetting methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on NMClient or NMDevice), where they correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.Settings.Connection" namespace.

@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_SETTING_NOT_FOUND

-

the NMConnection object +

the NMConnection object did not contain the specified NMSetting object

  @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_PROPERTY_NOT_FOUND

-

the NMConnection did not contain the +

the NMConnection did not contain the requested NMSetting property

  @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_MISSING_SETTING

-

the NMConnection object is missing an +

the NMConnection object is missing an NMSetting which is required for its configuration. The error message will always be prefixed with "<setting-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the name of the setting that is missing.

@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_INVALID_SETTING

-

the NMConnection object contains an +

the NMConnection object contains an invalid or inappropriate NMSetting. The error message will always be prefixed with "<setting-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the name of the setting that is invalid.

@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_MISSING_PROPERTY

-

the NMConnection object is invalid +

the NMConnection object is invalid because it is missing a required property. The error message will always be prefixed with "<setting-name>.<property-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the name of the setting with the missing property, and "<property-name>" is @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ methods, or may be returned from D-Bus operations (eg on

NM_CONNECTION_ERROR_INVALID_PROPERTY

-

the NMConnection object is invalid +

the NMConnection object is invalid because a property has an invalid value. The error message will always be prefixed with "<setting-name>.<property-name>: ", where "<setting-name>" is the name of the setting with the invalid property, and "<property-name>" is @@ -591,6 +591,13 @@ returned from D-Bus operations (where they correspond to errors in the   + +

NM_DEVICE_ERROR_VERSION_ID_MISMATCH

+ +

the version id did not match.

+ +  +
@@ -718,7 +725,7 @@ errors in that namespace.

when they encounter problems retrieving secrets on behalf of NM. They correspond to errors in the "org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.SecretManager" namespace.

-

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error +

Client APIs such as nm_client_activate_connection() will not see these error codes; instead, the secret agent manager will translate them to the corresponding NMAgentManagerError codes.

diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html index 864e8463..05e26b42 100644 --- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html +++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-utils.html @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_empty_ssid () @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_same_ssid () @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_security_valid () @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid () @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wep_key_valid () @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid () @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant () @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant () @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant () @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant () @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant () @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix () @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask () @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix () @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant () @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant () @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant () @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant () @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant () @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant () @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant () @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ -GVariant * +GVariant * nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant () @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ -GPtrArray * +GPtrArray * nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant () @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_certificate () @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_private_key () @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 () @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) () @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) () @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel () @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq () @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ -guint32 +guint32 nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel () @@ -336,21 +336,21 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid () -const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs () -const guint * +const guint * nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs () @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ -gsize +gsize nm_utils_hwaddr_len () @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ -GByteArray * +GByteArray * nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba () @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ -guint8 * +guint8 * nm_utils_hwaddr_aton () @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_valid () @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_hwaddr_matches () @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ -GBytes * +GBytes * nm_utils_hexstr2bin () @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_iface_valid_name () @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_is_uuid () @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_ipaddr_valid () @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility () @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ -gboolean +gboolean nm_utils_enum_from_str () @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@

Object Hierarchy

-
    GEnum
+
    GEnum
     ╰── NMUtilsSecurityType
@@ -564,9 +564,9 @@ access points and devices, among other things.

Functions

nm_utils_is_empty_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                        gsize len);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_is_empty_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
+                        gsize len);

Different manufacturers use different mechanisms for not broadcasting the AP's SSID. This function attempts to detect blank/empty SSIDs using a number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

@@ -595,15 +595,15 @@ number of known SSID-cloaking methods.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

+

TRUE if the SSID is "empty", FALSE if it is not

nm_utils_escape_ssid ()

const char *
-nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid,
-                      gsize len);
+nm_utils_escape_ssid (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

This function does a quick printable character conversion of the SSID, simply replacing embedded NULLs and non-printable characters with the hexadecimal representation of that character. Intended for debugging only, should not @@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ and will be overwritten by subsequent calls to this function

nm_utils_same_ssid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
-                    gsize len1,
-                    const guint8 *ssid2,
-                    gsize len2,
-                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_same_ssid (const guint8 *ssid1,
+                    gsize len1,
+                    const guint8 *ssid2,
+                    gsize len2,
+                    gboolean ignore_trailing_null);

Earlier versions of the Linux kernel added a NULL byte to the end of the SSID to enable easy printing of the SSID on the console or in a terminal, but this behavior was problematic (SSIDs are simply byte arrays, not strings) @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

ignore_trailing_null

-

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

+

TRUE to ignore one trailing NULL byte

  @@ -693,15 +693,15 @@ NULLs, even though that is functionally pointless.

Returns

-

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

+

TRUE if the SSIDs are the same, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 ()

char *
-nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid,
-                       gsize len);
+nm_utils_ssid_to_utf8 (const guint8 *ssid, + gsize len);

Wi-Fi SSIDs are byte arrays, they are _not_ strings. Thus, an SSID may contain embedded NULLs and other unprintable characters. Often it is useful to print the SSID out for debugging purposes, but that should be the @@ -747,19 +747,19 @@ _only_.

Returns

an allocated string containing a UTF-8 -representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). -Returns NULL on errors.

+representation of the SSID, which must be freed by the caller using g_free(). +Returns NULL on errors.

[transfer full]

nm_utils_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                          NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps,
-                         gboolean have_ap,
-                         gboolean adhoc,
+                         gboolean have_ap,
+                         gboolean adhoc,
                          NM80211ApFlags ap_flags,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_wpa,
                          NM80211ApSecurityFlags ap_rsn);

@@ -824,15 +824,15 @@ e.g. (
 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities and AP capabilties intersect and are
 compatible with the desired type
-, FALSE if they are not

+, FALSE if they are not

nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_ap_mode_security_valid (NMUtilsSecurityType type,
                                  NMDeviceWifiCapabilities wifi_caps);

 
Given a set of device capabilities, and a desired security type to check
@@ -864,15 +864,15 @@ e.g. 
 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
+
 TRUE if the device capabilities are compatible with the desired
 type
-, FALSE if they are not.

+, FALSE if they are not.

nm_utils_wep_key_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const char *key,
                         NMWepKeyType wep_type);

 
Checks if key
@@ -901,14 +901,14 @@ nm_utils_wep_key_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if key -is a WEP key, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if key +is a WEP key, FALSE if not

nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const char *psk);

 
Checks if psk
  is a valid WPA PSK

@@ -929,16 +929,16 @@ nm_utils_wpa_psk_valid (const cha

Returns

-

TRUE if psk -is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

+

TRUE if psk +is a WPA PSK, FALSE if not

nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip4_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -966,8 +966,8 @@ type 'au' representing an array of IPv4 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip4_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);
+

Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'au' representing a list of IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

Parameters

@@ -979,29 +979,29 @@ IPv4 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

value

-

a GVariant of type 'au'

+

a GVariant of type 'au'

 

Returns

-

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

+

a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings.

[transfer full][type utf8]

nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be 0.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1034,12 +1034,12 @@ gateway). The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 

 
nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing a list of
 NetworkManager IPv4 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
-gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
+gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field of
 the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway" fields
 of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 

-
+
@@ -1068,17 +1068,17 @@ of the other addresses are ignored.

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 routes into a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1091,14 +1091,14 @@ metric).

 
 

-
+

 
 
 

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aau'
a GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

 
 
 
 

 
routes
 an array of NMIP4Route objects. 
 an array of NMIP4Route objects. 

 [element-type NMIPRoute]
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1106,11 +1106,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip4_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aau' representing an array
 of NetworkManager IPv4 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop,
-and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
value

-
+
GVariant of type 'aau'
GVariant of type 'aau'

  
 

 

@@ -1129,15 +1129,15 @@ and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (guint32 netmask);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1161,8 +1161,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_netmask_to_prefix (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (guint32 prefix);

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1186,8 +1186,8 @@ nm_utils_ip4_prefix_to_netmask (g
 

 

 
nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

+
guint32
+nm_utils_ip4_get_default_prefix (guint32 ip);

 
When the Internet was originally set up, various ranges of IP addresses were
 segmented into three network classes: A, B, and C.  This function will return
 a prefix that is associated with the IP address specified defining where it
@@ -1215,9 +1215,9 @@ falls in the predefined classes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
+
GVariant *
 nm_utils_ip6_dns_to_variant (char **dns);

-
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
+
Utility function to convert an array of IP address strings int a GVariant of
 type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
+
 a new floating GVariant representing dns
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1245,8 +1245,8 @@ type 'aay' representing an array of IPv6 addresses.

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant ()

 
char **
-nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
+nm_utils_ip6_dns_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'aay' representing a list of
 IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1258,29 +1258,29 @@ IPv6 addresses into an array of IP address strings.

 
 

-
+

 
value
a GVariant of type 'aay'
a GVariant of type 'aay'

  
 

 

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

+
 a NULL-terminated array of IP address strings. 

 
[transfer full][type utf8]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses,
                                    const char *gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix, and
 gateway).  The "gateway" field of the first address will get the value of
 gateway
- (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
+ (if non-NULL). In all of the other addresses, that field will be
 all 0s.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1314,12 +1314,12 @@ all 0s.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                      char **out_gateway);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)' representing a
 list of NetworkManager IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of address, prefix,
-and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
+and gateway) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. The "gateway" field
 of the first address (if set) will be returned in out_gateway
 ; the "gateway"
 fields of the other addresses are ignored.

@@ -1334,7 +1334,7 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

+
a GVariant of type 'a(ayuay)'

  
 
 
@@ -1348,17 +1348,17 @@ fields of the other addresses are ignored.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an array of
 NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next hop, and
 metric).

 

@@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ metric).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1386,11 +1386,11 @@ metric).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip6_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value);

+
Utility function to convert a GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)' representing an
 array of NetworkManager IPv6 routes (which are tuples of route, prefix, next
-hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

+hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
-
+

 
value
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'
GVariant of type 'a(ayuayu)'

  
 

 

@@ -1409,17 +1409,17 @@ hop, and metric) into a GPtrArray of 
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant (GPtrArray *addresses);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 addresses into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an
 array of new-style NetworkManager IP addresses. All addresses will include
 "address" (an IP address string), and "prefix" (a uint). Some addresses may
 include additional attributes.

@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
+
 a new floating GVariant representing addresses
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1448,12 +1448,12 @@ include additional attributes.

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                     int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (as described in the documentation for
-nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
+nm_utils_ip_addresses_to_variant()) into a GPtrArray of NMIPAddress
 objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ objects.

 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1480,17 +1480,17 @@ objects.

 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPAddress objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPAddress]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant ()

-
GVariant *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

-
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
-IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
+
GVariant *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_to_variant (GPtrArray *routes);

+
Utility function to convert a GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects representing
+IPv4 or IPv6 routes into a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}' representing an array
 of new-style NetworkManager IP routes (which are tuples of destination,
 prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

@@ -1510,7 +1510,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
Returns

-
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
+
 a new floating GVariant representing routes
 . 

 
[transfer none]

 

@@ -1518,12 +1518,12 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes).

 

 

 
nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant ()

-
GPtrArray *
-nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
+
GPtrArray *
+nm_utils_ip_routes_from_variant (GVariant *value,
                                  int family);

-
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
+
Utility function to convert a GVariant representing a list of new-style
 NetworkManager IPv4 or IPv6 addresses (which are tuples of destination,
-prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
+prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a GPtrArray of
 NMIPRoute objects.

 

 
Parameters

@@ -1536,7 +1536,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 
 
 
value

-
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

+
a GVariant of type 'aa{sv}'

  
 
 
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ prefix, next hop, metric, and additional attributes) into a G
 

 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated
-GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

+GPtrArray of NMIPRoute objects. 

 
[transfer full][element-type NMIPRoute]

 

 

@@ -1562,13 +1562,13 @@ nm_utils_uuid_generate (void
 
Returns

 
 a newly allocated UUID suitable for use as the NMSettingConnection
-object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

+object's “id”: property.  Should be freed with g_free()

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_certificate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_certificate (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 certificate file
@@ -1591,15 +1591,15 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a certificate, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_private_key ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_private_key (const char *filename,
-                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

+                              gboolean *out_encrypted);

 
Tests if filename
  has a valid extension for an X.509 private key file
 (".der", ".key", ".pem", or ".p12"), and contains a private key in a format
@@ -1628,13 +1628,13 @@ recognized by NetworkManager.

 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is a private key, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const char *filename);

 
Tests if filename
  is a PKCS#12 file.

@@ -1655,24 +1655,24 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

+
 TRUE if the file is PKCS#12, FALSE if it is not

 

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate) (const char *filename,
-                                      gpointer user_data);

+                                      gpointer user_data);

 

 

 

 
NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 (*NMUtilsCheckFilePredicate) (const char *filename,
                               const struct stat *stat,
-                              gpointer user_data,
-                              GError **error);

+                              gpointer user_data,
+                              GError **error);

 

 

 

@@ -1681,10 +1681,10 @@ nm_utils_file_is_pkcs12 (const ch
 nm_utils_file_search_in_paths (const char *progname,
                                const char *try_first,
                                const char *const *paths,
-                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
+                               GFileTest file_test_flags,
                                NMUtilsFileSearchInPathsPredicate predicate,
-                               gpointer user_data,
-                               GError **error);
+ gpointer user_data, + GError **error);

Searches for a progname file in a list of search paths .

@@ -1711,16 +1711,16 @@ It is silently ignored if it is empty or not an absolute path.

paths

-

a NULL terminated list of search paths. -Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first +

a NULL terminated list of search paths. +Can be empty or NULL, in which case only try_first is checked.

[allow-none]

file_test_flags

-

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching +

the flags passed to g_file_test() when searching for progname -. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

+. Set it to 0 to skip the g_file_test().

  @@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@ function.

error

-

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

+

on failure, set a "not found" error G_IO_ERROR G_IO_ERROR_NOT_FOUND.

[allow-none] @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ function.

Returns

-

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. +

the full path to the helper, if found, or NULL if not found. The returned string is not owned by the caller, but later invocations of the function might overwrite it.

[transfer none]

@@ -1758,8 +1758,8 @@ invocations of the function might overwrite it.

nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (guint32 freq);

Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi frequency to its corresponding channel.

Parameters

@@ -1784,8 +1784,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_freq_to_channel (gu

nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_channel_to_freq (guint32 channel,
                                const char *band);

 
Utility function to translate a Wi-Fi channel to its corresponding frequency.

 

@@ -1820,8 +1820,8 @@ is invalid

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel ()

-
guint32
-nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
+
guint32
+nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (guint32 channel,
                                  int direction,
                                  char *band);

 
Utility function to find out next/previous Wi-Fi channel for a channel.

@@ -1860,8 +1860,8 @@ nm_utils_wifi_find_next_channel (
 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
+
gboolean
+nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (guint32 channel,
                                 const char *band);

 
Utility function to verify Wi-Fi channel validity.

 

@@ -1888,13 +1888,13 @@ nm_utils_wifi_is_channel_valid (g
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE or FALSE

+
 TRUE or FALSE

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11bg band).

 

@@ -1906,7 +1906,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_2ghz_freqs (void
 

 
nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs ()

-
const guint *
+
const guint *
 nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void);

 
Utility function to return 5 GHz Wi-Fi frequencies (802.11a band).

 

@@ -1919,7 +1919,7 @@ nm_utils_wifi_5ghz_freqs (void
 
nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars ()

 
const char *
-nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

+nm_utils_wifi_strength_bars (guint8 strength);

 
Converts strength
  into a 4-character-wide graphical representation of
 strength suitable for printing to stdout. If the current locale and terminal
@@ -1948,7 +1948,7 @@ support it, this will use unicode graphics characters to represent
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_len ()

-
gsize
+
gsize
 nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int type);

 
Returns the length in octets of a hardware address of type type
 .

@@ -1979,8 +1979,8 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_len (int t
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa ()

 
char *
-nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
-                      gsize length);

+nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpointer addr,
+                      gsize length);

 
Converts addr
  to textual form.

 

@@ -2016,12 +2016,12 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_ntoa (gconstpoint
 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba ()

-
GByteArray *
+
GByteArray *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char *asc,
-                       gsize length);

+                       gsize length);

 
Parses asc
- and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
-nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

+ and converts it to binary form in a GByteArray. See
+nm_utils_hwaddr_aton() if you don't want a GByteArray.

 

 
Parameters

 

@@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@ nm_utils_hwaddr_atoba (const char
 
 

 
Returns

-
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
+
 a new GByteArray, or NULL if asc
 couldn't
 be parsed. 

 
[transfer full]

@@ -2055,10 +2055,10 @@ be parsed. 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_aton ()

-
guint8 *
+
guint8 *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_aton (const char *asc,
-                      gpointer buffer,
-                      gsize length);

+                      gpointer buffer,
+                      gsize length);

 
Parses asc
  and converts it to binary form in buffer
 .
@@ -2095,7 +2095,7 @@ the size of the buffer in bytes.

 

 
Returns

 
 buffer
-, or NULL if asc
+, or NULL if asc
 couldn't be parsed
 or would be shorter or longer than length
 .

@@ -2104,9 +2104,9 @@ or would be shorter or longer than length
 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_valid ()

-
gboolean
+
gboolean
 nm_utils_hwaddr_valid (const char *asc,
-                       gssize length);

+                       gssize length);

 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length.

@@ -2136,9 +2136,9 @@ is expected to convert to
 

 

 
Returns

-
 TRUE if asc
+
 TRUE if asc
 appears to be a valid hardware address
-of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

+of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 

 

 

@@ -2146,7 +2146,7 @@ of the indicated length, FALSE if not.

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical ()

 
char *
 nm_utils_hwaddr_canonical (const char *asc,
-                           gssize length);

+                           gssize length);
 
Parses asc
  to see if it is a valid hardware address of the given
 length, and if so, returns it in canonical form (uppercase, with
@@ -2179,18 +2179,18 @@ is expected to convert to
 
Returns

 
 the canonicalized address if asc
 appears to
-be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

+be a valid hardware address of the indicated length, NULL if not. 

 
[transfer full]

 

 

 

 

 
nm_utils_hwaddr_matches ()

-
gboolean
-nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
-                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
-                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
-                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

+
gboolean
+nm_utils_hwaddr_matches (gconstpointer hwaddr1,
+                         gssize hwaddr1_len,
+                         gconstpointer hwaddr2,
+                         gssize hwaddr2_len);

 
Generalized hardware address comparison function. Tests if hwaddr1
  and
 hwaddr2
@@ -2204,7 +2204,7 @@ over a simple memcmp():

  before being compared.

 
  • If hwaddr1
  or hwaddr2
- is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
+ is NULL, it is treated instead as though it was
  a zero-filled buffer hwaddr1_len
  or hwaddr2_len
  bytes long.
    • 
@@ -2233,7 +2233,7 @@ guaranteed to not match if they are invalid.)
    
 
    
-
+
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ is ASCII
    
     
-
+
@@ -2260,9 +2260,9 @@ is ASCII
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if hwaddr1
+
     TRUE if hwaddr1
 and hwaddr2
-are equivalent, FALSE if they are
+are equivalent, FALSE if they are
 different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
@@ -2270,8 +2270,8 @@ different (or either of them is invalid).
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_bin2hexstr ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
-                     gsize len,
+nm_utils_bin2hexstr (gconstpointer src,
+                     gsize len,
                      int final_len);
    
 
    Converts the byte array src
  into a hexadecimal string. If final_len
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ array
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_hexstr2bin ()
    
-
    GBytes *
+
    GBytes *
 nm_utils_hexstr2bin (const char *hex);
    
 
    Converts a hexadecimal string hex
  into an array of bytes.  The optional
@@ -2342,14 +2342,14 @@ may not start or end with ':'.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
+
     the converted bytes, or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_iface_valid_name ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_iface_valid_name (const char *name);
    
 
    This function is a 1:1 copy of the kernel's interface validation
 function in net/core/dev.c.
    
@@ -2370,13 +2370,13 @@ function in net/core/dev.c.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
+
     TRUE if interface name is valid, otherwise FALSE is returned.
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_is_uuid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_is_uuid (const char *str);
    
 
    Checks if str
  is a UUID
    
@@ -2397,8 +2397,8 @@ nm_utils_is_uuid (const char
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if str
-is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
+
     TRUE if str
+is a UUID, FALSE if not
    
 
    
 
    
 
    
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@ nm_utils_inet4_ntop (in_addr_t
    dst
    
 
    Returns
    
 
     the input buffer dst
 , or a pointer to an
-internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
+internal, static buffer. NULL is not allowed as in6addr
 ,
 otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
@@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ otherwise, this function cannot fail.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_ipaddr_valid ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int family,
                        const char *ip);
    
 
    Checks if ip
@@ -2528,16 +2528,16 @@ nm_utils_ipaddr_valid (int
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility ()
    
-
    gboolean
+
    gboolean
 nm_utils_check_virtual_device_compatibility
-                               (GType virtual_type,
-                                GType other_type);
    
+                               (GType virtual_type,
+                                GType other_type);
    
 
    Determines if a connection of type virtual_type
  can (in the
 general case) work with connections of type other_type
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ general case) work with connections of type other_ty
 then this checks if other_type
  is a valid type for a slave of that
 master.
    
-
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
+
    Note that even if this returns TRUE it is not guaranteed that
 every connection of type other_type
  is
 compatible with virtual_type
@@ -2583,7 +2583,7 @@ underlying device driver.
    
 
    
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE or FALSE
    
+
     TRUE or FALSE
    
 
    
 
 
    
@@ -2650,12 +2650,12 @@ available modes.
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_to_str ()
    
 
    char *
-nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
+nm_utils_enum_to_str (GType type,
                       int value);
    
 
    Converts an enum value to its string representation. If the enum is a
-G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
-If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the
-function returns NULL.
    
+G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns a comma-separated list of matching values.
+If the enum is a G_TYPE_ENUM and the given value is not valid the
+function returns NULL.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr1
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
    hwaddr2
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    pointer to a binary or ASCII hardware address, or NULL
    		
  
 
    
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet6_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ nm_utils_inet6_ntop (const struct
 
    dst
    		
 
    the destination buffer, it must contain at least
 INET6_ADDRSTRLEN or NM_UTILS_INET_ADDRSTRLEN
-characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
+characters. If set to NULL, it will return a pointer to an internal, static
 buffer (shared with nm_utils_inet4_ntop()).  Beware, that the internal
 buffer will be overwritten with ever new call of nm_utils_inet4_ntop() or
 nm_utils_inet6_ntop() that does not provied it's own dst
@@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ buffer to avoid these issues.
    		
 
    
@@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ function returns NULL.
    
     
-
+
@@ -2680,22 +2680,22 @@ function returns NULL.
    
 
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
+
     a newly allocated string or NULL
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
 
    
 
    
 
    nm_utils_enum_from_str ()
    
-
    gboolean
-nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
+
    gboolean
+nm_utils_enum_from_str (GType type,
                         const char *str,
                         int *out_value,
                         char **err_token);
    
 
    Converts a string to the matching enum value.
    
-
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
+
    If the enum is a G_TYPE_FLAGS the function returns the logical OR of values
 matching the comma-separated tokens in the string; if an unknown token is found
-the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
+the function returns FALSE and stores a pointer to a newly allocated string
 containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 .
    
 
    
@@ -2709,7 +2709,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
-
+
@@ -2732,7 +2732,7 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    
 
    Returns
    
-
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
+
     TRUE if the conversion was successful, FALSE otherwise
    
 
    
 
    Since: 1.2
    
 
@@ -2740,9 +2740,9 @@ containing the unrecognized token in err_token
 
    nm_utils_enum_get_values ()
    
 
    const char **
-nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
-                          gint from,
-                          gint to);
    
+nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType type,
+                          gint from,
+                          gint to);
 
    Returns the list of possible values for a given enum.
    
 
    
 
    Parameters
    
@@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    
-
+
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ nm_utils_enum_get_values (GType
 
    Returns
    
 
     a NULL-terminated dynamically-allocated array of static strings
-or NULL on error. 
    
+or NULL on error. 
    
 
    [transfer full]
    
 
 
    Since: 1.2
    
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
index b88d6dfc..820bf76d 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm-nm-vpn-dbus-interface.html
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 
 
    
 
    Object Hierarchy
    
-
        GEnum
+
        GEnum
     ├── NMVpnConnectionState
     ├── NMVpnConnectionStateReason
     ├── NMVpnPluginFailure
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2 b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
index f716e22b..7be88f8f 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/libnm.devhelp2
@@ -857,11 +857,9 @@
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
@@ -870,7 +868,6 @@
     
     
     
-    
     
     
     
@@ -966,6 +963,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -980,6 +980,8 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -995,8 +997,10 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1401,6 +1405,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -1520,6 +1525,9 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2216,6 +2224,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2284,6 +2293,7 @@
     
     
     
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2420,7 +2430,7 @@
     
     
     
-    
+    
     
     
     
@@ -2509,6 +2519,12 @@
     
     
     
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
     
     
     
diff --git a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
index b50431ac..0abbd4b7 100644
--- a/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
+++ b/docs/libnm/html/object-tree.html
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 
    
 Object Hierarchy
    
 
    -    GObject
+    GObject
     ├── NMSetting
     │   ├── NMSetting8021x
     │   ├── NMSettingAdsl
@@ -85,10 +85,10 @@
     ├── NMClient
     ├── NMSecretAgentOld
     ╰── NMSimpleConnection
-    GInterface
+    GInterface
     ├── NMVpnEditor
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPlugin
-    GFlags
+    GFlags
     ├── NM80211ApFlags
     ├── NM80211ApSecurityFlags
     ├── NMBluetoothCapabilities
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingWiredWakeOnLan
     ├── NMVlanFlags
     ╰── NMVpnEditorPluginCapability
-    GEnum
+    GEnum
     ├── NMAgentManagerError
     ├── NMConnectionError
     ├── NMDeviceError
@@ -135,6 +135,7 @@
     ├── NMSettingMacvlanMode
     ├── NMSettingSerialParity
     ├── NMSettingTunMode
+    ├── NMSettingWirelessPowersave
     ├── NMState
     ├── NMUtilsSecurityType
     ├── NMVlanPriorityMap
@@ -144,7 +145,7 @@
     ├── NMVpnServiceState
     ├── NMWepKeyType
     ╰── NMWimaxNspNetworkType
-    GBoxed
+    GBoxed
     ├── NMIPAddress
     ├── NMIPRoute
     ╰── NMLldpNeighbor
-- 
cgit 1.3.0-6-gf8a5


    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum
    		
  
 
    
 
    
 
    type
    the GType of the enum
    the GType of the enum